OpenRISC 1000 Architecture
OpenRISC
1000
Architecture Manual1
Architecture
Version
Document
Revision
Table of Contents
1.3 Document Revision History 11
2.3 Architecture Version Information 17
3 Addressing Modes and Operand Conventions 18
3.1 Memory Addressing Modes 18
3.2 Memory Operand Conventions 19
4.3 Special-Purpose Registers 22
4.4 General-Purpose Registers (GPRs) 27
4.5 Support for Custom Number of GPRs 27
4.6 Supervision Register (SR) 28
4.7 Exception Program Counter Registers (EPCR0 - EPCR15) 29
4.8 Exception Effective Address Registers (EEAR0-EEAR15) 30
4.9 Exception Supervision Registers (ESR0‑ESR15) 30
4.10 Next and Previous Program Counter (NPC and PPC) 31
4.11 Floating Point Control Status Register (FPCSR) 31
6.4 Fast Context Switching (Optional) 257
7.2 Memory Access Ordering 260
8.4 MMU Special-Purpose Registers 264
8.5 Address Translation Mechanism in 32-bit Implementations 277
8.6 Address Translation Mechanism in 64-bit Implementations 280
8.7 Memory Protection Mechanism 283
8.8 Page Table Entry Definition 284
8.9 Page Table Search Operation 285
8.10 Page History Recording 286
9 Cache Model & Cache Coherency 287
9.1 Cache Special-Purpose Registers 287
9.3 Cache/Memory Coherency 294
10.2 Debug Value Registers (DVR0-DVR7) 297
10.3 Debug Control Registers (DCR0-DCR7) 297
10.4 Debug Mode Register 1 (DMR1) 298
10.5 Debug Mode Register 2(DMR2) 300
10.6 Debug Watchpoint Counter Register (DWCR0-DWCR1) 301
10.7 Debug Stop Register (DSR) 302
10.8 Debug Reason Register (DRR) 303
11 Performance Counters Unit (Optional) 306
11.2 Performance Counters Count Registers (PCCR0-PCCR7) 306
11.3 Performance Counters Mode Registers (PCMR0-PCMR7) 307
12 Power Management (Optional) 309
12.2 Power Management Register (PMR) 310
13 Programmable Interrupt Controller (Optional) 311
13.2 PIC Mask Register (PICMR) 311
13.3 PIC Status Register (PICSR) 312
14 Tick Timer Facility (Optional) 313
14.4 Tick Timer Mode Register (TTMR) 315
14.5 Tick Timer Count Register (TTCR) 316
15 OpenRISC 1000 Implementations 317
15.2 Version Register (VR) 317
15.3 Unit Present Register (UPR) 318
15.4 CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR) 319
15.5 DMMU Configuration Register (DMMUCFGR) 321
15.6 IMMU Configuration Register (IMMUCFGR) 322
15.7 DC Configuration Register (DCCFGR) 323
15.8 IC Configuration Register (ICCFGR) 324
15.9 Debug Configuration Register (DCFGR) 325
15.10 Performance Counters Configuration Register (PCCFGR) 326
15.11 Version Register 2 (VR2) 326
15.12 Architecture Version Register (AVR) 327
15.13 Exception Vector Base Address Register (EVBAR) 327
15.14 Arithmetic Exception Control Register (AECR) 328
15.15 Arithmetic Exception Status Register (AESR) 329
15.16 Implementation-Specific Registers (ISR0-7) 330
16 Application Binary Interface 331
16.2 Function Calling Sequence 334
16.3 Operating System Interface 337
Table Of Figures
Figure 3-1. Register Indirect with Displacement Addressing 18
Figure 3-2. PC Relative Addressing 19
Figure 5-1. Instruction Set 33
Figure 8-1. Translation of Effective to Physical Address – Simplified block diagram for 32-bit processor implementations 261
Figure 8-2. Memory Divided Into L1 and L2 pages 275
Figure 8-3. Address Translation Mechanism using Two-Level Page Table 276
Figure 8-4. Address Translation Mechanism using only L1 Page Table 277
Figure 8-5. Memory Divided Into L0, L1 and L2 pages 278
Figure 8-6. Address Translation Mechanism using Three-Level Page Table 279
Figure 8-7. Address Translation Mechanism using Two-Level Page Table 280
Figure 8-8. Selection of Page Protection Attributes for Data Accesses 282
Figure 8-9. Selection of Page Protection Attributes for Instruction Fetch Accesses 282
Figure 8-10. Page Table Entry Format 283
Figure 10-1. Block Diagram of Debug Support 295
Figure 13-1. Programmable Interrupt Controller Block Diagram 309
Figure 14-1. Tick Timer Block Diagram 311
Figure 16-1. Byte aligned, sizeof is 1 330
Figure 16-2. No padding, sizeof is 8 331
Figure 16-3. Padding, sizeof is 16 331
Figure 16-4. Storage unit sharing and alignment padding, sizeof is 12 332
Table Of Tables
Table 1. Acronyms and Abbreviations 9
Table 1-1. Authors of this Manual 10
Table 1-2. Revision History 13
Table 1-3. Conventions 15
Table 2-1: Architecture Version Information 17
Table 3-1. Memory Operands and their sizes 20
Table 3-2. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Halfwords 20
Table 3-3. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Singlewords and Single Precision Floats 20
Table 3-4. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Doublewords, Double Precision Floats and all Vector Types 21
Table 3-5. Memory Operand Alignment 21
Table 4-1. Groups of SPRs 23
Table 4-2. List of All Special-Purpose Registers 26
Table 4-3. General-Purpose Registers 27
Table 4-4. SR Field Descriptions 29
Table 4-5. EPCR Field Descriptions 30
Table 4-6. EEAR Field Descriptions 30
Table 4-7. ESR Field Descriptions 31
Table 4-8. FPCSR Field Descriptions 32
Table 5-1. OpenRISC 1000 Instruction Classes 34
Table 6-1. Exception Classes 252
Table 6-2. Exception Types and Causal Conditions 253
Table 6-3. Values of EPCR and EEAR After Exception 255
Table 8-1. MMU Exceptions 262
Table 8-2. List of MMU Special-Purpose Registers 264
Table 8-3. DMMUCR Field Descriptions 264
Table 8-4. DMMUPR Field Descriptions 265
Table 8-5. IMMUCR Field Descriptions 266
Table 8-6. IMMUPR Field Descriptions 267
Table 8-7. xTLBEIR Field Descriptions 267
Table 8-8. xTLBMR Field Descriptions 268
Table 8-9. DTLBTR Field Descriptions 270
Table 8-10. ITLBWyTR Field Descriptions 271
Table 8-11. xATBMR Field Descriptions 272
Table 8-12. DATBTR Field Descriptions 273
Table 8-13. IATBTR Field Descriptions 274
Table 8-14. Protection Attributes 281
Table 8-15. PTE Field Descriptions 283
Table 9-1. Cache Registers 286
Table 9-2. DCCR Field Descriptions 286
Table 9-3. ICCR Field Descriptions 287
Table 9-4. DCBPR Field Descriptions 288
Table 9-5. DCBFR Field Descriptions 288
Table 9-6. DCBIR Field Descriptions 289
Table 9-7. DCBWR Field Descriptions 289
Table 9-8. DCBLR Field Descriptions 290
Table 9-9. ICBPR Field Descriptions 290
Table 9-10. ICBIR Field Descriptions 291
Table 9-11. ICBLR Field Descriptions 291
Table 10-1. DVR Field Descriptions 295
Table 10-2. DCR Field Descriptions 296
Table 10-3. DMR1 Field Descriptions 298
Table 10-4. DMR2 Field Descriptions 299
Table 10-5. DWCR Field Descriptions 300
Table 10-6. DSR Field Descriptions 301
Table 10-7. DRR Field Descriptions 303
Table 11-1. PCCR0 Field Descriptions 305
Table 11-2. PCMR Field Descriptions 306
Table 12-1. PMR Field Descriptions 308
Table 13-1. PICMR Field Descriptions 310
Table 13-2. PICSR Field Descriptions 310
Table 14-1. TTMR Field Descriptions 313
Table 14-2. TTCR Field Descriptions 314
Table 15-1. VR Field Descriptions 316
Table 15-2. UPR Field Descriptions 317
Table 15-3. CPUCFGR Field Descriptions 318
Table 15-4. DMMUCFGR Field Descriptions 320
Table 15-5. IMMUCFGR Field Descriptions 321
Table 15-6. DCCFGR Field Descriptions 322
Table 15-7. ICCFGR Field Descriptions 323
Table 15-8. DCFGR Field Descriptions 323
Table 15-9. PCCFGR Field Descriptions 324
Table 15-10. VR2 Field Descriptions 325
Table 15-11. AVR Field Descriptions 325
Table 15-12. EVBAR Field Descriptions 326
Table 15-13. EACR Field Descriptions 327
Table 15-14. EASR Field Descriptions 328
Table 16-1. Scalar Types 329
Table 16-2. Vector Types 330
Table 16-3. Bit-Field Types and Ranges 331
Table 16-4. General-Purpose Registers 333
Table 16-5. Stack Frame 334
Table 16-6. Hardware Exceptions and Signals 336
Table 16-7. Virtual Address Configuration 337
Table 16-8. e_ident Field Values 338
Table 16-9. e_flags Field Values 339
Acronyms & Abbreviations
ALU |
Arithmetic Logic Unit |
ATB |
Area Translation Buffer |
BIU |
Bus Interface Unit |
BTC |
Branch Target Cache |
CPU |
Central Processing Unit |
DC |
Data Cache |
DMMU |
Data MMU |
DTLB |
Data TLB |
DU |
Debug Unit |
EA |
Effective address |
FPU |
Floating-Point Unit |
GPR |
General-Purpose Register |
IC |
Instruction Cache |
IMMU |
Instruction MMU |
ITLB |
Instruction TLB |
MMU |
Memory Management Unit |
OR1K |
OpenRISC 1000 Architecture |
ORBIS |
OpenRISC Basic Instruction Set |
ORFPX |
OpenRISC Floating-Point eXtension |
ORVDX |
OpenRISC Vector/DSP eXtension |
PC |
Program Counter |
PCU |
Performance Counters Unit |
PIC |
Programmable Interrupt Controller |
PM |
Power Management |
PTE |
Page Table Entry |
R/W |
Read/Write |
RISC |
Reduced Instruction Set Computer |
SMP |
Symmetrical Multi-Processing |
SMT |
Simultaneous Multi-Threading |
SPR |
Special-Purpose Register |
SR |
Supervison Register |
TLB |
Translation Lookaside Buffer |
Table 1. Acronyms and Abbreviations
1About this Manual
1.1Introduction
The OpenRISC 1000 system architecture manual defines the architecture for a family of open-source, synthesizable RISC microprocessor cores. The OpenRISC 1000 architecture allows for a spectrum of chip and system implementations at a variety of price/performance points for a range of applications. It is a 32/64-bit load and store RISC architecture designed with emphasis on performance, simplicity, low power requirements, and scalability. The OpenRISC 1000 architecture targets medium and high performance networking and embedded computer environments.
This manual covers the instruction set, register set, cache management and coherency, memory model, exception model, addressing modes, operands conventions, and the application binary interface (ABI).
This manual does not specify implementation-specific details such as pipeline depth, cache organization, branch prediction, instruction timing, bus interface etc.
1.2Authors
If you have contributed to this manual but your name isn't listed here, it is not meant as a slight – We simply don't know about it. Send an email to the maintainer(s), and we'll correct the situation.
Name |
|
Contribution |
Damjan Lampret |
Initial document |
|
Chen-Min Chen |
Some notes |
|
Marko Mlinar |
Fast context switches |
|
Johan Rydberg |
ELF section |
|
Matan Ziv-Av |
Several suggestions |
|
Chris Ziomkowski |
Several suggestions |
|
Greg McGary |
l.cmov, trap exception |
|
Bob Gardner |
|
Native Speaker Check |
Rohit Mathur |
Technical review and corrections |
|
Maria Bolado |
Technical review and corrections |
|
ORSoC Yann Vernier |
Technical review and corrections |
|
Julius Baxter |
Architecture revision information |
|
Stefan Kristiansson |
Atomic instructions |
Table 1-1. Authors of this Manual
1.3Document Revision History
The revision history of this manual is presented in the table below.
Revision Date |
By |
Modifications |
Arch. Ver (Maj.Min) – Doc Rev |
15/Mar/2000 |
Damjan Lampret |
Initial document |
0.0-0 |
7/Apr/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
First public release |
0.0-1 |
22/Apr/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
Incorporated changes from Johan and Matan |
0.0-2 |
16/May/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
Changed SR, Debug, Exceptions, TT, PM. Added l.cmov, l.ff1, etc. |
0.0-3 |
23/May/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
Added SR[SUMRA], configuration registerc etc. |
0.0-4 |
24/May/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
Changed virtually almost all chapters in some way – major change is addition of configuration registers. |
0.0-5 |
28/May/2001 |
Damjan Lampret |
Changed addresses of some SPRs, removed group SPR group 11, added DCR[CT]=7. |
0.0-6 |
24/Jan/2002 |
Marko Mlinar |
Major check and update |
0.0-7 |
9/Apr/2002 |
Marko Mlinar |
PICPR register removed; l.sys convention added; mtspr/mfspr now use bitwise OR instead of sum |
0.0-8 |
28/July/2002 |
Jeanne Wiegelmann |
First overall review & layout adjustment |
0.0-9 |
20/Sep/2002 |
Rohit Mathur |
Second overall review |
0.0-10 |
12/Jan/2003 |
Damjan Lampret |
Synchronization with or1ksim and OR1200 RTL. Not all chapters have been checked. |
0.0-11 |
26/Jan/2003 |
Damjan Lampret |
Synchronization with or1ksim and OR1200 RTL. From this revision on the manual carries revision number 1.0 and parts of the architecture that are implemented in OR1200 will no longer change because OR1200 is being implemented in silicon. Major parts that are not implemented in OR1200 and could change in the future include ORFPX, ORVDX, PCU, fast context switching, and 64-bit extension. |
0.0-12 |
26/Jun/2004 |
Damjan Lampret |
Fixed typos in instruction set description reported by Victor Lopez, Giles Hall and Luís Vitório Cargnini. Fixed typos in various chapters reported by Matjaz Breskvar. Changed description of PICSR. Updated ABI chapter based on agreed ABI from the openrisc mailing list. Removed DMR1[ETE], clearly defined watchpoints&breakpoint, split long watchpoint chain into two, removed WP10 and removed DMR1[DXFW], updated DMR2. Fixed FP definition (added FP exception. FPCSR register). |
0.0-13 |
3/Nov/2005 |
Damjan Lampret |
Corrected description of l.ff1, added l.fl1 instruction, corrected encoding of l.maci and added more description of tick timer. |
0.0-14 |
15/Nov/2005 |
Damjan Lampret |
Corrected description of l.sfXXui (arch manual had a wrong description compared to behavior implemented in or1ksim/gcc/or1200). Removed Atomicity chapter. |
0.0-15 |
22/Mar/2011 |
ORSoC Yann Vernier |
Converted to OpenDocument, ABI review, added instruction index and machine code reference table, added ORFPX and ORVDX headings, corrected descriptions for l.div, l.divu, l.ff1, l.fl1, l.mac*, l.mulu, l.msb, l.sub, lv.cmp_*.h, lv.muls.h, lv.pack.h, lv.subus.b, TLBTR, OF64S, specified link register for l.jal and l.jalr, PPN sizes, adjusted instruction classes, various typographical cleanups, clarified delay slot and exception interaction for l.j* and l.sys, removed empty 32-bit implementation for lv.pack/unpack to prevent blank pages |
0.0-16 |
6/Aug/2011 |
Julius Baxter |
Added architecture revision information. |
0.0-17 |
05/Dec/2012 |
Julius Baxter |
Architecture version update Clarify unimplemented SPR space to be read as zero, writing to have no effect Clarify GPR0 implementation and use Remove l.trap instruction's conditional execution function Update ABI statement on returning structures by value Fix typo in register width description of l.sfle.d instruction Add UVRP bit in VR Add description of SPR VR2 Add description of SPR AVR Add description of SPR EVBAR Mention implication of EVBAR in appropriate sections Add description of ISR SPRs Add presence bits for AVR, EVBAR, ISRs to CPUCFGR Add ND bit to CPUCFGR and mention optional delay slot in appropriate sections Mention exceptions possible for all branch/jump instructions Add description of SPRs AECR, AESR Add presence bits for AECR and AESR to CPUCFGR Clarify overflow exception behavior for appropriate unsigned and signed arithmetic instructions (l.add, l.addi, l.addc, l.addic, l.mul, l.muli, l.mulu, l.div, l.divu, l.sub, l.mac, l.maci, l.msb) Remove “signed” from name of addition and subtraction instructions, as they are used for both unsigned and signed arithmetic Add l.macu and l.msbu instructions for performing unsigned MAC operations Add l.muld and l.muldu for performing multiplication and allowing the 64-bit result to be accessible on 32-bit implementations |
1.0-0 |
21/Apr/2014 |
Stefan Kristiansson |
Add atomicity chapter. Add l.lwa and l.swa instructions. |
1.1-0 |
Table 1-2. Revision History
1.4Work in Progress
This document is work in progress. Anything in the manual could change until we have made our first silicon. The latest version is always available from OPENCORES revision control (Subversion as of this writing). See details about how to get it on www.opencores.org.
We are currently looking for people to work on and maintain this document. If you would like to contribute, please send an email to one of the authors.
1.5Fonts in this Manual
In this manual, fonts are used as follows:
Typewriter font is used for programming examples.
Bold font is used for emphasis.
UPPER CASE items may be either acronyms or register mode fields that can be written by software. Some common acronyms appear in the glossary.
Square brackets [] indicate an addressed field in a register or a numbered register in a register file.
1.6Conventions
l.mnemonic |
Identifies an ORBIS32/64 instruction. |
lv.mnemonic |
Identifies an ORVDX32/64 instruction. |
lf.mnemonic |
Identifies an ORFPX32/64 instruction. |
0x |
Indicates a hexadecimal number. |
rA |
Instruction syntax used to identify a general purpose register |
REG[FIELD] |
Syntax used to identify specific bit(s) of a general or special purpose register. FIELD can be a name of one bit or a group of bits or a numerical range constructed from two values separated by a colon. |
X |
In certain contexts, this indicates a ‘don't care’. |
N |
In certain contexts, this indicates an undefined numerical value. |
Implementation |
An actual processor implementing the OpenRISC 1000 architecture. |
Unit |
Sometimes referred to as a coprocessor. An implemented unit usually with some special registers and controlling instructions. It can be defined by the architecture or it may be custom. |
Exception |
A vectored transfer of control to supervisor software through an exception vector table. A way in which a processor can request operating system assistance (division by zero, TLB miss, external interrupt etc). |
Privileged |
An instruction (or register) that can only be executed (or accessed) when the processor is in supervisor mode (when SR[SM]=1). |
Table 1-3. Conventions
1.7Numbering
All numbers are decimal or hexadecimal unless otherwise indicated. The prefix 0x indicates a hexadecimal number. Decimal numbers don't have a special prefix. Binary and other numbers are marked with their base.
2Architecture Overview
This chapter introduces the OpenRISC 1000 architecture and describes the general architectural features.
2.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture includes the following principal features:
A completely free and open architecture.
A linear, 32-bit or 64-bit logical address space with implementation-specific physical address space.
Simple and uniform-length instruction formats featuring different instruction set extensions:
OpenRISC Basic Instruction Set (ORBIS32/64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 32- and 64-bit data
OpenRISC Vector/DSP eXtension (ORVDX64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 8-, 16-, 32- and 64-bit data
OpenRISC Floating-Point eXtension (ORFPX32/64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 32- and 64-bit data
Two simple memory addressing modes, whereby memory address is calculated by:
addition of a register operand and a signed 16-bit immediate value
addition of a register operand and a signed 16-bit immediate value followed by update of the register operand with the calculated effective address
Two register operands (or one register and a constant) for most instructions who then place the result in a third register
Shadowed or single 32-entry or narrow 16-entry general purpose register file
Optional branch delay slot for keeping the pipeline as full as possible
Support for separate instruction and data caches/MMUs (Harvard architecture) or for unified instruction and data caches/MMUs (Stanford architecture)
A flexible architecture definition that allows certain functions to be performed either in hardware or with the assistance of implementation-specific software
Number of different, separated exceptions simplifying exception model
Fast context switch support in register set, caches, and MMUs
2.2Introduction
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture is a completely open architecture. It defines the architecture of a family of open source, RISC microprocessor cores. The OpenRISC 1000 architecture allows for a spectrum of chip and system implementations at a variety of price/performance points for a range of applications. It is a 32/64-bit load and store RISC architecture designed with emphasis on performance, simplicity, low power requirements, and scalability. OpenRISC 1000 targets medium and high performance networking and embedded computer environments.
Performance features include a full 32/64-bit architecture; vector, DSP and floating-point instructions; powerful virtual memory support; cache coherency; optional SMP and SMT support, and support for fast context switching. The architecture defines several features for networking and embedded computer environments. Most notable are several instruction extensions, a configurable number of general-purpose registers, configurable cache and TLB sizes, dynamic power management support, and space for user-provided instructions.
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture is the predecessor of a richer and more powerful next generation of OpenRISC architectures.
The full source for implementations of the OpenRISC 1000 architecture is available at www.opencores.org and is supported with GNU software development tools and a behavioral simulator. Most OpenRISC implementations are designed to be modular and vendor-independent. They can be interfaced with other open-source cores available at www.opencores.org.
Opencores.org encourages third parties to design and market their own implementations of the OpenRISC 1000 architecture and to participate in further development of the architecture.
2.3Architecture Version Information
It is anticipated that revisions of the OR1K architecture will come about as architectural modifications are made over time. This document shall be valid for the latest version stated in it. Each implementation should indicate the minimum revision it supports in the Architecture Version Register (AVR).
The following table lists the versions and their release date.
Version |
Date |
Summary |
0.0 |
November 2005 |
Initial architecture specification. |
1.0 |
December 2012 |
First version. |
1.1 |
April 2014 |
Atomic instructions additions. |
Table 2-1: Architecture Version Information
3Addressing Modes and Operand Conventions
This chapter describes memory-addressing modes and memory operand conventions defined by the OpenRISC 1000 system architecture.
3.1Memory Addressing Modes
The processor computes an effective address when executing a memory access instruction or branch instruction or when fetching the next sequential instruction. If the sum of the effective address and the operand length exceeds the maximum effective address in logical address space, the memory operand wraps around from the maximum effective address through effective address 0.
3.1.1Register Indirect with Displacement
Load/store instructions using this address mode contain a signed 16-bit immediate value, which is sign-extended and added to the contents of a general-purpose register specified in the instruction.
Figure 3-1. Register Indirect with Displacement Addressing
Figure 3-1 shows how an effective address is computed when using register indirect with displacement addressing mode.
3.1.2PC Relative
Branch instructions using this address mode contain a signed 26-bit immediate value that is sign-extended and added to the contents of a Program Counter register. Before the execution at the destination PC, instruction in delay slot is executed if the ND bit in CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR) is set.
Figure 3-2. PC Relative Addressing
Figure 3-2 shows how an effective address is generated when using PC relative addressing mode.
3.2Memory Operand Conventions
The architecture defines an 8-bit byte, 16-bit halfword, a 32-bit word, and a 64-bit doubleword. It also defines IEEE-754 compliant 32-bit single precision float and 64-bit double precision float storage units. 64-bit vectors of bytes, 64-bit vectors of halfwords, 64-bit vectors of singlewords, and 64-bit vectors of single precision floats are also defined.
Type of Data |
Length in Bytes |
Length in Bits |
Byte |
1 |
8 |
Halfword (or half) |
2 |
16 |
Singleword (or word) |
4 |
32 |
Doubleword (or double) |
8 |
64 |
Single precision float |
4 |
32 |
Double precision float |
8 |
64 |
Vector of bytes |
8 |
64 |
Vector of halfwords |
8 |
64 |
Vector of singlewords |
8 |
64 |
Vector of single precision floats |
8 |
64 |
Table 3-1. Memory Operands and their sizes
3.2.1Bit and Byte Ordering
Byte ordering defines how the bytes that make up halfwords, singlewords and doublewords are ordered in memory. To simplify OpenRISC implementations, the architecture implements Most Significant Byte (MSB) ordering – or big endian byte ordering by default. But implementations can support Least Significant Byte (LSB) ordering if they implement byte reordering hardware. Reordering is enabled with bit SR[LEE].
The figures below illustrate the conventions for bit and byte numbering within various width storage units. These conventions hold for both integer and floating-point data, where the most significant byte of a floating-point value holds the sign and at least significant byte holds the start of the exponent.
Table 3-2 shows how bits and bytes are ordered in a halfword.
-
Bit 15
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 0
MSB
LSB
Byte address 0
Byte address 1
Table 3-2. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Halfwords
Table 3-3 shows how bits and bytes are ordered in a singleword.
Bit 31 |
|
Bit 24 |
Bit 23 |
Bit 16 |
Bit 15 |
Bit 8 |
Bit 7 |
|
Bit 0 |
MSB |
|
|
LSB |
||||||
Byte address 0 |
Byte address 1 |
Byte address 2 |
Byte address 3 |
Table 3-3. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Singlewords and Single Precision Floats
Table 3-4 shows how bits and bytes are ordered in a doubleword.
Bit 63 |
|
Bit 56 |
|
|
|
||
MSB |
|
|
|
||||
Byte address 0 |
Byte address 1 |
Byte address 2 |
Byte address 3 |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
Bit 7 |
|
Bit 0 |
||
|
|
|
LSB |
||||
Byte address 4 |
Byte address 5 |
Byte address 6 |
Byte address 7 |
Table 3-4. Default Bit and Byte Ordering in Doublewords, Double Precision Floats and all Vector Types
3.2.2Aligned and Misaligned Accesses
A memory operand is naturally aligned if its address is an integral multiple of the operand length. Implementations might support accessing unaligned memory operands, but the default behavior is that accesses to unaligned operands result in an alignment exception. See chapter Exception Model on page 255 for information on alignment exception.
Current OR32 implementations (OR1200) do not implement 8 byte alignment, but do require 4 byte alignment. Therefore the Application Binary Interface (chapter 16) uses 4 byte alignment for 8 byte types. Future extensions such as ORVDX64 may require natural alignment.
Operand |
Length |
addr[3:0] if aligned |
Byte |
8 bits |
Xxxx |
Halfword (or half) |
2 bytes |
Xxx0 |
Singleword (or word) |
4 bytes |
Xx00 |
Doubleword (or double) |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Single precision float |
4 bytes |
Xx00 |
Double precision float |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Vector of bytes |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Vector of halfwords |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Vector of singlewords |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Vector of single precision floats |
8 bytes |
X000 |
Table 3-5. Memory Operand Alignment
OR32 instructions are four bytes long and word-aligned.
4Register Set
4.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 register set includes the following principal features:
Thirty-two or sixteen 32/64-bit general-purpose registers – OpenRISC 1000 implementations optimized for use in FPGAs and ASICs in embedded and similar environments may implement only the first sixteen of the possible thirty-two registers.
All other registers are special-purpose registers defined for each unit separately and accessible through the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions.
4.2Overview
An OpenRISC 1000 processor includes several types of registers: user level general-purpose and special-purpose registers, supervisor level special-purpose registers and unit-dependent registers.
User level general-purpose and special-purpose registers are accessible both in user mode and supervisor mode of operation. Supervisor level special-purpose registers are accessible only in supervisor mode of operation (SR[SM]=1).
Unit dependent registers are usually only accessible in supervisor mode but there can be exceptions to this rule. Accessibility for architecture-defined units is defined in this manual. Accessibility for custom units not covered by this manual will be defined in the appropriate implementation-specific manuals.
4.3Special-Purpose Registers
The special-purpose registers of all units are grouped into thirty-two groups. Each group can have different register address decoding depending on the maximum theoretical number of registers in that particular group. A group can contain registers from several different units or processes. The SR[SM] bit is also used in register address decoding, as some registers are accessible only in supervisor mode. The l.mtspr and l.mfspr instructions are used for reading and writing registers.
Unimplemented SPRs should read as zero. Writing to unimplemented SPRs will have no effect, and the l.mtspr instruction will effectively be a no-operation.
GROUP # |
UNIT DESCRIPTION |
0 |
System Control and Status registers |
1 |
Data MMU (in the case of a single unified MMU, groups 1 and 2 decode into a single set of registers) |
2 |
Instruction MMU (in the case of a single unified MMU, groups 1 and 2 decode into a single set of registers) |
3 |
Data Cache (in the case of a single unified cache, groups 3 and 4 decode into a single set of registers) |
4 |
Instruction Cache (in the case of a single unified cache, groups 3 and 4 decode into a single set of registers) |
5 |
MAC unit |
6 |
Debug unit |
7 |
Performance counters unit |
8 |
Power Management |
9 |
Programmable Interrupt Controller |
10 |
Tick Timer |
11 |
Floating Point unit |
12-23 |
Reserved for future use |
24-31 |
Custom units |
Table 4-1. Groups of SPRs
An OpenRISC 1000 processor implementation is required to implement at least the special purpose registers from group 0. All other groups are optional, and registers from these groups are implemented only if the implementation has the corresponding unit. Which units are actually implemented may be determined by reading the UPR register from group 0.
A 16-bit SPR address is made of 5-bit group index (bits 15-11) and 11-bit register index (bits 10-0).
Grp # |
Reg # |
Reg Name |
USER MODE |
SUPV MODE |
Description |
0 |
0 |
VR |
– |
R |
Version register |
0 |
1 |
UPR |
– |
R |
Unit Present register |
0 |
2 |
CPUCFGR |
– |
R |
CPU Configuration register |
0 |
3 |
DMMUCFGR |
– |
R |
Data MMU Configuration register |
0 |
4 |
IMMUCFGR |
– |
R |
Instruction MMU Configuration register |
0 |
5 |
DCCFGR |
– |
R |
Data Cache Configuration register |
0 |
6 |
ICCFGR |
– |
R |
Instruction Cache Configuration register |
0 |
7 |
DCFGR |
– |
R |
Debug Configuration register |
0 |
8 |
PCCFGR |
–– |
R |
Performance Counters Configuration register |
0 |
9 |
VR2 |
– |
R |
Version register 2 |
0 |
10 |
AVR |
– |
R |
Architecture version register |
0 |
11 |
EVBAR |
– |
R/W |
Exception vector base address register |
0 |
12 |
AECR |
– |
R/W |
Arithmetic Exception Control Register |
0 |
13 |
AESR |
– |
R/W |
Arithmetic Exception Status Register |
0 |
16 |
NPC |
– |
R/W |
PC mapped to SPR space (next PC) |
0 |
17 |
SR |
– |
R/W |
Supervision register |
0 |
18 |
PPC |
– |
R/W |
PC mapped to SPR space (previous PC) |
0 |
20 |
FPCSR |
R* |
R/W |
FP Control Status register |
0 |
21-28 |
ISR0-ISR7 |
|
R |
Implementation-specific registers |
0 |
32-47 |
EPCR0-EPCR15 |
– |
R/W |
Exception PC registers |
0 |
48-63 |
EEAR0-EEAR15 |
– |
R/W |
Exception EA registers |
0 |
64-79 |
ESR0-ESR15 |
– |
R/W |
Exception SR registers |
0 |
1024-1535 |
GPR0-GPR511 |
– |
R/W |
GPRs mapped to SPR space |
1 |
0 |
DMMUCR |
– |
R/W |
Data MMU Control register |
1 |
1 |
DMMUPR |
– |
R/W |
Data MMU Protection Register |
1 |
2 |
DTLBEIR |
– |
W |
Data TLB Entry Invalidate register |
1 |
4-7 |
DATBMR0-DATBMR3 |
– |
R/W |
Data ATB Match registers |
1 |
8-11 |
DATBTR0-DATBTR3 |
– |
R/W |
Data ATB Translate registers |
1 |
512-639 |
DTLBW0MR0-DTLBW0MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 0 |
1 |
640-767 |
DTLBW0TR0-DTLBW0TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 0 |
1 |
768-895 |
DTLBW1MR0-DTLBW1MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 1 |
1 |
896-1023 |
DTLBW1TR0-DTLBW1TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 1 |
1 |
1024-1151 |
DTLBW2MR0-DTLBW2MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 2 |
1 |
1152-1279 |
DTLBW2TR0-DTLBW2TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 2 |
1 |
1280-1407 |
DTLBW3MR0-DTLBW3MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 3 |
1 |
1408-1535 |
DTLBW3TR0-DTLBW3TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 3 |
2 |
0 |
IMMUCR |
– |
R/W |
Instruction MMU Control register |
2 |
1 |
IMMUPR |
– |
R/W |
Instruction MMU Protection Register |
2 |
2 |
ITLBEIR |
– |
W |
Instruction TLB Entry Invalidate register |
2 |
4-7 |
IATBMR0-IATBMR3 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction ATB Match registers |
2 |
8-11 |
IATBTR0-IATBTR3 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction ATB Translate registers |
2 |
512-639 |
ITLBW0MR0-ITLBW0MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 0 |
2 |
640-767 |
ITLBW0TR0-ITLBW0TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 0 |
2 |
768-895 |
ITLBW1MR0-ITLBW1MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 1 |
2 |
896-1023 |
ITLBW1TR0-ITLBW1TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 1 |
2 |
1024-1151 |
ITLBW2MR0-ITLBW2MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 2 |
2 |
1152-1279 |
ITLBW2TR0- ITLBW2TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 2 |
2 |
1280-1407 |
ITLBW3MR0-ITLBW3MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 3 |
2 |
1408-1535 |
ITLBW3TR0-ITLBW3TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 3 |
3 |
0 |
DCCR |
– |
R/W |
DC Control register |
3 |
1 |
DCBPR |
W |
W |
DC Block Prefetch register |
3 |
2 |
DCBFR |
W |
W |
DC Block Flush register |
3 |
3 |
DCBIR |
– |
W |
DC Block Invalidate register |
3 |
4 |
DCBWR |
W |
W |
DC Block Write-back register |
3 |
5 |
DCBLR |
W |
W |
DC Block Lock register |
4 |
0 |
ICCR |
– |
R/W |
IC Control register |
4 |
1 |
ICBPR |
W |
W |
IC Block Prefetch register |
4 |
2 |
ICBIR |
– |
W |
IC Block Invalidate register |
4 |
3 |
ICBLR |
W |
W |
IC Block Lock register |
5 |
1 |
MACLO |
R/W* |
R/W* |
MAC Low |
5 |
2 |
MACHI |
R/W* |
R/W* |
MAC High |
6 |
0-7 |
DVR0-DVR7 |
– |
R/W |
Debug Value registers |
6 |
8-15 |
DCR0-DCR7 |
– |
R/W |
Debug Control registers |
6 |
16 |
DMR1 |
– |
R/W |
Debug Mode register 1 |
6 |
17 |
DMR2 |
– |
R/W |
Debug Mode register 2 |
6 |
18-19 |
DCWR0-DCWR1 |
– |
R/W |
Debug Watchpoint Counter registers |
6 |
20 |
DSR |
– |
R/W |
Debug Stop register |
6 |
21 |
DRR |
– |
R/W |
Debug Reason register |
7 |
0-7 |
PCCR0-PCCR7 |
R* |
R/W |
Performance Counters Count registers |
7 |
8-15 |
PCMR0-PCMR7 |
– |
R/W |
Performance Counters Mode registers |
8 |
0 |
PMR |
– |
R/W |
Power Management register |
9 |
0 |
PICMR |
– |
R/W |
PIC Mask register |
9 |
2 |
PICSR |
– |
R/W |
PIC Status register |
10 |
0 |
TTMR |
– |
R/W |
Tick Timer Mode register |
10 |
1 |
TTCR |
R* |
R/W |
Tick Timer Count register |
Table 4-2. List of All Special-Purpose Registers
SPRs with R* for user mode access are readable in user mode if SR[SUMRA] is set.
The MACLO and MACHI registers are synchronized, such that any ongoing MAC operation finishes before they are read or written.
4.4General-Purpose Registers (GPRs)
The thirty-two general-purpose registers are labeled R0-R31 and are 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations. They hold scalar integer data, floating-point data, vectors or memory pointers. Table 4-3 contains a list of general-purpose registers. The GPRs may be accessed as both source and destination registers by ORBIS, ORVDX and ORFPX instructions.
See chapter Application Binary Interface on page 332 for information on floating-point data types. See also Register Usage on page 335, where r9 is defined as the Link Register.
Register |
|
|
|
|
r31 |
r30 |
Register |
r29 |
r28 |
r27 |
r26 |
r25 |
r24 |
Register |
r23 |
r22 |
r21 |
r20 |
r19 |
r18 |
Register |
r17 |
r16 |
r15 |
r14 |
r13 |
r12 |
Register |
r11 |
r10 |
r9 LR |
r8 |
r7 |
r6 |
Register |
r5 |
r4 |
r3 |
r2 |
r1 |
r0 |
Table 4-3. General-Purpose Registers
R0 should always hold a zero value. It is the responsibility of software to initialize it. (This differs from architecture version 0 which commented on implementation and that it should never be used as a destination register – this is no longer specified.) Functions of other registers are explained in chapter Application Binary Interface on page 332.
An implementation may have several sets of GPRs and use them as shadow registers, switching between them whenever a new exception occurs. The current set is identified by the SR[CID] value.
An implementation is not required to initialize GPRs to zero during the reset procedure. The reset exception handler is responsible for initializing GPRs to zero if that is necessary.
4.5Support for Custom Number of GPRs
Programs may be compiled with less than thirty-two registers. Unused registers are disabled (set as fixed registers) when compiling code. Such code is also executable on normal implementations with thirty-two registers but not vice versa. This feature is quite useful since users are expected to move from less powerful OpenRISC implementations with less than thirty-two registers to more powerful thirty-two register OpenRISC implementations.
If configuration registers are implemented, CPUCFGR[CGF] indicates whether implementation has complete thirty-two general-purpose registers or less than thirty-two registers. OR1200 has been implemented with 16 or 32 registers.
4.6Supervision Register (SR)
The Supervison register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode only.
The SR value defines the state of the processor.
Bit |
31-28 |
27-17 |
16 |
Identifier |
CID |
Reserved |
SUMRA |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
Read Only |
R/W |
Bit |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
FO |
EPH |
DSX |
OVE |
OV |
CY |
F |
CE |
Reset |
1 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
LEE |
IME |
DME |
ICE |
DCE |
IEE |
TEE |
SM |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
SM |
Supervisor Mode 0 Processor is in User Mode 1 Processor is in Supervisor Mode |
TEE |
Tick Timer Exception Enabled 0 Tick Timer Exceptions are not recognized 1 Tick Timer Exceptions are recognized |
IEE |
Interrupt Exception Enabled 0 Interrupts are not recognized 1 Interrupts are recognized |
DCE |
Data Cache Enable 0 Data Cache is not enabled 1 Data Cache is enabled |
ICE |
Instruction Cache Enable 0 Instruction Cache is not enabled 1 Instruction Cache is enabled |
DME |
Data MMU Enable 0 Data MMU is not enabled 1 Data MMU is enabled |
IME |
Instruction MMU Enable 0 Instruction MMU is not enabled 1 Instruction MMU is enabled |
LEE |
Little Endian Enable 0 Little Endian (LSB) byte ordering is not enabled 1 Little Endian (LSB) byte ordering is enabled |
CE |
CID Enable 0 CID disabled and shadow registers disabled 1 CID automatic increment and shadow registers enabled |
F |
Flag 0 Conditional branch flag was cleared by sfXX instructions 1 Conditional branch flag was set by sfXX instructions |
CY |
Carry flag 0 No carry out produced by last arithmetic operation 1 Carry out was produced by last arithmetic operation |
OV |
Overflow flag 0 No overflow occured during last arithmetic operation 1 Overflow occured during last arithmetic operation |
OVE |
Overflow flag Exception 0 Overflow flag does not cause an exception 1 Overflow flag causes range exception |
DSX |
Delay Slot Exception 0 EPCR points to instruction not in the delay slot 1 EPCR points to instruction in delay slot |
EPH |
Exception Prefix High 0 Exceptions vectors are located in memory area starting at 0x0 1 Exception vectors are located in memory area starting at 0xF0000000 |
FO |
Fixed One This bit is always set |
SUMRA |
SPRs User Mode Read Access 0 All SPRs are inaccessible in user mode 1 Certain SPRs can be read in user mode |
CID |
Context ID (Fast Context Switching (Optional), page 258) 0-15 Current Processor Context |
Table 4-4. SR Field Descriptions
4.7Exception Program Counter Registers (EPCR0 - EPCR15)
The Exception Program Counter registers are special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. Read access in user mode is possible if it is enabled in PCMRx[SUMRA]. They are 32-bit wide registers in 32-bit implementations and can be wider than 32 bits in 64-bit implementations.
After an exception, the EPCR is set to the program counter address (PC) of the instruction that was interrupted by the exception. If only one EPCR is present in the implementation (Fast Context Switching (Optional) disabled), it must be saved by the exception handler routine before exception recognition is re-enabled in the SR.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EPC |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
EPC |
Exception Program Counter Address |
Table 4-5. EPCR Field Descriptions
4.8Exception Effective Address Registers (EEAR0-EEAR15)
The Exception Effective Address registers are special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. Read access in user mode is possible if it is enabled in SR[SUMRA]. The EEARs are 32-bit wide registers in 32-bit implementations and can be wider than 32 bits in 64-bit implementations.
After an exception, the EEAR is set to the effective address (EA) generated by the faulting instruction. If only one EEAR is present in the implementation, it must be saved by the exception handler routine before exception recognition is re-enabled in the SR.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EEA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
EEA |
Exception Effective Address |
Table 4-6. EEAR Field Descriptions
4.9Exception Supervision Registers (ESR0‑ESR15)
The Exception Supervision registers are special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. They are 32 bits wide registers in 32-bit implementations and can be wider than 32 bits in 64-bit implementations.
After an exception, the Supervision register (SR) is copied into the ESR. If only one ESR is present in the implementation, it must be saved by the exception handler routine before exception recognition is re-enabled in the SR.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
ESR |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
EEA |
Exception SR |
Table 4-7. ESR Field Descriptions
4.10Next and Previous Program Counter (NPC and PPC)
The Program Counter registers represent the address just executed and the address instruction just to be executed.
These and the GPR registers mapped into SPR space should only be used for debugging purposes by an external debugger. Applications should use the l.jal instruction to obtain the current program counter and arithmethic instructions to obtain GPR register values.
4.11Floating Point Control Status Register (FPCSR)
Floating point control status register is a 32-bit special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode and as read-only register in user mode if enabled in SR[SUMRA].
The FPCSR value controls floating point rounding modes, optional generation of floating point exception and provides floating point status flags. Status flags are updated after every floating point instruction is completed and can serve to determine what caused the floating point exception.
If floating point exception is enabled then FPCSR status flags have to be cleared in floating point exception handler. Status flags are cleared by writing 0 to all status bits.
Bit |
31-12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
DZF |
INF |
IVF |
IXF |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
Read Only |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2-1 |
0 |
Identifier |
ZF |
QNF |
SNF |
UNF |
OVF |
RM |
FPEE |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
FPEE |
Floating Point Exception Enabled 0 FP Exception is disabled 1 FP Exception is enabled |
RM |
Rounding Mode 0 Round to nearest 1 Round to zero 2 Round to infinity+ 3 Round to infinity- |
OVF |
OVerflow Flag 0 No overflow 1 Result overflowed |
UNF |
UNderflow Flag 0 No underflow 1 Result underflowed |
SNF |
SNAN Flag 0 Result not SNAN 1 Result SNAN |
QNF |
QNAN Flag 0 Result not QNAN 1 Result QNAN |
ZF |
Zero Flag 0 Result not zero 1 Result zero |
IXF |
IneXact Flag 0 Result precise 1 Result inexact |
IVF |
InValid Flag 0 Result valid 1 Result invalid |
INF |
INfinity Flag 0 Result finite 1 Result infinite |
DZF |
Divide by Zero Flag 0 Proper divide 1 Divide by zero |
Table 4-8. FPCSR Field Descriptions
5Instruction Set
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 instruction set.
5.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 instruction set includes the following principal features:
Simple and uniform-length instruction formats featuring five Instruction Subsets
OpenRISC Basic Instruction Set (ORBIS32/64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 32-bit and 64-bit data
OpenRISC Vector/DSP eXtension (ORVDX64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 8-, 16-, 32- and 64-bit data
OpenRISC Floating-Point eXtension (ORFPX32/64) with 32-bit wide instructions aligned on 32-bit boundaries in memory and operating on 32-bit and 64-bit data
Reserved opcodes for custom instructions
Note: Instructions are divided into instruction classes. Only the basic classes are required to be implemented in an OpenRISC 1000 implementation.
Figure 5-1. Instruction Set
5.2Overview
OpenRISC 1000 instructions belong to one of the following instruction subsets:
ORBIS32:
32-bit integer instructions
Basic DSP instructions
32-bit load and store instructions
Program flow instructions
Special instructions
ORBIS64:
64-bit integer instructions
64-bit load and store instructions
ORFPX32:
Single-precision floating-point instructions
ORFPX64:
Double-precision floating-point instructions
64-bit load and store instructions
ORVDX64:
Vector instructions
DSP instructions
Instructions in each subset are also split into two instruction classes according to implementation importance:
Class I
Class II
Class |
Description |
I |
Instructions in class I must always be implemented. |
II |
Instructions from class II are optional and an implementation may choose to use some or all instructions from this class based on requirements of the target application. |
Table 5-1. OpenRISC 1000 Instruction Classes
5.3ORBIS32/64
Format:
l.add rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are added to the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow, and the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] + rB[31:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] + rB[63:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVADDE] are set.
Range Exception on carry if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYADDE] are set.
Format:
l.addc rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are added to the contents of general-purpose register rB and carry SR[CY] to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow, and the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] + rB[31:0] + SR[CY]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] + rB[63:0] + SR[CY]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned overflow)
SR[OV]
←
overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVADDE] are set.
Range Exception on carry if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYADDE] are set.
Format:
l.addi rD,rA,I
Description:
The immediate value is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow, and the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] + exts(Immediate)
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] + exts(Immediate)
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVADDE] are set.
Range Exception on carry if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYADDE] are set.
Format:
l.addic rD,rA,I
Description:
The immediate value is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA and carry SR[CY] to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow, and the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] + exts(Immediate) + SR[CY]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] + exts(Immediate) + SR[CY]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned
overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVADDE] are set.
Range Exception on carry if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYADDE] are set.
Format:
l.and rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical AND operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] AND rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] AND rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.andi rD,rA,K
Description:
The immediate value is zero-extended and combined with the contents of general-purpose register rA in a bit-wise logical AND operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] AND extz(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] AND extz(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.bf N
Description:
The immediate value is shifted left two bits, sign-extended to program counter width, and then added to the address of the branch instruction. The result is the effective address of the branch. If the flag is set, the program branches to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the branch occurs with a delay of one instruction.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + BranchInsnAddr
PC
←
EA if SR[F] set
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + BranchInsnAddr
PC
←
EA if SR[F] set
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.bnf N
Description:
The immediate value is shifted left two bits, sign-extended to program counter width, and then added to the address of the branch instruction. The result is the effective address of the branch. If the flag is cleared, the program branches to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the branch occurs with a delay of one instruction.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + BranchInsnAddr
PC
←
EA if SR[F] cleared
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + BranchInsnAddr
PC
←
EA if SR[F] cleared
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.cmov rD,rA,rB
Description:
If SR[F] is set, general-purpose register rA is placed in general-purpose register rD. If SR[F] is cleared, general-purpose register rB is placed in general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← SR[F] ? rA[31:0] : rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← SR[F] ? rA[63:0] : rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.csync
Description:
Execution of context synchronization instruction results in completion of all operations inside the processor and a flush of the instruction pipelines. When all operations are complete, the RISC core resumes with an empty instruction pipeline and fresh context in all units (MMU for example).
32-bit Implementation:
context-synchronization
64-bit Implementation:
context-synchronization
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.cust1
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust2
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust3
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust4
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust5 rD,rA,rB,L,K
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust6
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust7
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.cust8
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but rather by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
l.div rD,rA,rB
Description:
The content of general-purpose register rA are divided by the content of general-purpose register rB, and the result is placed into general-purpose register rD. Both operands are treated as signed integers.
On divide-by zero, rD will be undefined, and the overflow flag will be set. Note that prior revisions of the manual (pre-2011) stored the divide by zero flag in SR[CY].
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] / rB[31:0]
SR[OV]
←
rB[31:0]
== 0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] / rB[63:0]
SR[OV]
←
rB[63:0]
== 0
Exceptions:
Range Exception when divisor is zero if SR[OVE] and AECR[DBZE] are set.
Format:
l.divu rD,rA,rB
Description:
The content of general-purpose register rA are divided by the content of general-purpose register rB, and the result is placed into general-purpose register rD. Both operands are treated as unsigned integers.
On divide-by zero, rD will be undefined, and the overflow flag will be set.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] / rB[31:0]
SR[CY]
←
rB[31:0]
== 0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] / rB[63:0]
SR[CY]
←
rB[63:0]
== 0
Exceptions:
Range Exception when divisor is zero if SR[OVE] and AECR[DBZE] are set.
Format:
l.extbs rD,rA
Description:
Bit 7 of general-purpose register rA is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rA are copied into the low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:8]
←
rA[7]
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:8]
←
rA[7]
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.extbz rD,rA
Description:
Zero is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rA are copied into the low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:8]
←
0
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:8]
←
0
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.exths rD,rA
Description:
Bit 15 of general-purpose register rA is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rA are copied into the low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:16]
←
rA[15]
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:16]
←
rA[15]
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.exthz rD,rA
Description:
Zero is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rA are copied into the low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:16]
←
0
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:16]
←
0
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.extws rD,rA
Description:
Bit 31 of general-purpose register rA is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rA are copied from low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:32]
←
rA[31]
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.extwz rD,rA
Description:
Zero is placed in high-order bits of general-purpose register rD. The low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rA are copied into the low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:32]
←
0
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.ff1 rD,rA,rB
Description:
Position of the lowest order '1' bit is written into general-purpose register rD. Checking for bit '1' starts with bit 0 (LSB), and counting is incremented for every zero bit. If first '1' bit is discovered in LSB, one is written into rD, if first '1' bit is discovered in MSB, 32 (64) is written into rD. If there is no '1' bit, zero is written in rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[0] ? 1 : rA[1] ? 2 ... rA[31] ? 32 : 0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[0] ? 1 : rA[1] ? 2 ... rA[63] ? 64 : 0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.fl1 rD,rA,rB
Description:
Position of the highest order '1' bit is written into general-purpose register rD. Checking for bit '1' starts with bit 31/63 (MSB), and counting is decremented for every zero bit until the last ‘1’ bit is found nearing the LSB. If highest order '1' bit is discovered in MSB, 32 (64) is written into rD, if highest order '1' bit is discovered in LSB, one is written into rD. If there is no '1' bit, zero is written in rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31] ? 32 : rA[30] ? 31 ... rA[0] ? 1 : 0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63] ? 64 : rA[62] ? 63 ... rA[0] ? 1 : 0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.j N
Description:
The immediate value is shifted left two bits, sign-extended to program counter width, and then added to the address of the jump instruction. The result is the effective address of the jump. The program unconditionally jumps to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the jump occurs with a delay of one instruction.
Note that l.sys should not be placed in the delay slot after a jump.
32-bit Implementation:
PC ← exts(Immediate << 2) + JumpInsnAddr
64-bit Implementation:
PC ← exts(Immediate << 2) + JumpInsnAddr
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.jal N
Description:
The immediate value is shifted left two bits, sign-extended to program counter width, and then added to the address of the jump instruction. The result is the effective address of the jump. The program unconditionally jumps to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the jump occurs with a delay of one instruction. The address of the instruction after the delay slot is placed in the link register r9 (see Register Usage on page 335).
The value of the link register, if read as an operand in the delay slot will be the new value, not the old value. If the link register is written in the delay slot, the value written will replace the value stored by the l.jal instruction.
Note that l.sys should not be placed in the delay slot after a jump.
32-bit Implementation:
PC
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + JumpInsnAddr
LR
←
CPUCFGR[ND] ? JumpInsnAddr + 4 : DelayInsnAddr + 4
64-bit Implementation:
PC
←
exts(Immediate << 2) + JumpInsnAddr
LR
←
CPUCFGR[ND] ? JumpInsnAddr + 4 : DelayInsnAddr + 4
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.jalr rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB is the effective address of the jump. The program unconditionally jumps to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the jump occurs with a delay of one instruction. The address of the instruction after the delay slot is placed in the link register.
It is not allowed to specify link register r9 (see Register Usage on page 335) as rB. This is because an exception in the delay slot (including external interrupts) may cause l.jalr to be reexecuted.
The value of the link register, if read as an operand in the delay slot will be the new value, not the old value. If the link register is written in the delay slot, the value written will replace the value stored by the l.jalr instruction.
Note that l.sys should not be placed in the delay slot after a jump.
32-bit Implementation:
PC
←
rB
LR
←
CPUCFGR[ND] ? JumpInsnAddr + 4 : DelayInsnAddr + 4
64-bit Implementation:
PC
←
rB
LR
←
CPUCFGR[ND] ? JumpInsnAddr + 4 : DelayInsnAddr + 4
Exceptions:
Alignment
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.jr rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB is the effective address of the jump. The program unconditionally jumps to EA. If CPUCFGR[ND] is not set, the jump occurs with a delay of one instruction.
Note that l.sys should not be placed in the delay slot after a jump.
32-bit Implementation:
PC ← rB
64-bit Implementation:
PC ← rB
Exceptions:
Alignment
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.lbs rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The byte in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with bit 7 of the loaded value.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[7:0]
←
(EA)[7:0]
rD[31:8]
←
(EA)[7]
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[7:0]
←
(EA)[7:0]
rD[63:8]
←
(EA)[7]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.lbz rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The byte in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order eight bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with zero.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[7:0]
←
(EA)[7:0]
rD[31:8]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[7:0]
←
(EA)[7:0]
rD[63:8]
←
0
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.ld rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The double word in memory addressed by EA is loaded into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[63:0]
←
(EA)[63:0]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.lhs rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The half word in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with bit 15 of the loaded value.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[15:0]
←
(EA)[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
(EA)[15]
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[15:0]
←
(EA)[15:0]
rD[63:16]
←
(EA)[15]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.lhz rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The half word in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with zero.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[15:0]
←
(EA)[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[15:0] ←
(EA)[15:0]
rD[63:16]
←
0
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.lwa rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The single word in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with zero.
An atomic reservation is placed on the address formed from EA. In case an MMU is enabled, the physical translation of EA is used.
32-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
atomic_reserve[to_phys(EA)] ← 1
64-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
atomic_reserve[to_phys(EA)] ← 1
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.lws rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The single word in memory addressed by EA is lloaded into the low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with bit 31 of the loaded value.
32-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
(EA)[31]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.lwz rD,I(rA)
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The single word in memory addressed by EA is loaded into the low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rD. High-order bits of general-purpose register rD are replaced with zero.
32-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
rD[31:0] ←
(EA)[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.mac rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the 64 bit result is added to the special-purpose registers MACHI and MACLO. All operands are treated as signed integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag if signed overflow is detecting during the addition stage.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during addition stage
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0]
←
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during addition stage
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMACADDE] are set.
Format:
l.maci rA,I
Description:
The immediate value and the contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied, and the 64 bit result is added to the special-purpose registers MACHI and MACLO. All operands are treated as signed integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag if signed overflow is detecting during the addition stage.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[31:0] * exts(Immediate)
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during addition stage
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[63:0] * exts(Immediate)
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during addition stage
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMACADDE] are set.
Format:
l.macrc rD
Description:
Once all instructions in MAC pipeline are completed, the contents of MAC is placed into general-purpose register rD and MAC accumulator is cleared.
The MAC pipeline also synchronizes with the instruction pipeline on any access to MACLO or MACHI SPRs, so that l.mfspr can be used to read MACHI before executing l.macrc.
32-bit Implementation:
synchronize-mac
rD[31:0] ←
MACLO[31:0]
MACLO[31:0], MACHI[31:0] ← 0
64-bit Implementation:
synchronize-mac
rD[63:0] ←
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0]
MACLO[31:0], MACHI[31:0] ← 0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.macu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the 64 bit result is added to the special-purpose registers MACHI and MACLO. All operands are treated as unsigned integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag if unsigned overflow is detecting during the addition stage.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[CY] ← unsigned overflow during addition stage
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0]
←
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] +
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[CY] ← unsigned overflow during addition stage
Exceptions:
Range Exception on unsigned overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYMACADDE] are set.
Format:
l.mfspr rD,rA,K
Description:
The contents of the special register, defined by contents of general-purpose rA logically ORed with immediate value, are moved into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← spr(rA OR Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← spr(rA OR Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.movhi rD,K
Description:
The 16-bit immediate value is zero-extended, shifted left by 16 bits, and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← extz(Immediate) << 16
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← extz(Immediate) << 16
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.msb rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the 64 bit result is subtracted from the special-purpose registers MACHI and MACLO. Result of the subtraction is placed into MACHI and MACLO registers. All operands are treated as signed integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag if signed overflow is detecting during the subtraction stage.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] -
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during subtraction stage
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] –
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[OV] ← signed overflow during subtraction stage
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMACADDE] are set.
Format:
l.msbu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the 64 bit result is subtracted from the special-purpose registers MACHI and MACLO. Result of the subtraction is placed into MACHI and MACLO registers. All operands are treated as unsigned integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag if unsigned overflow is detecting during the subtraction stage.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] -
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[CY] ← unsigned overflow during subtraction stage
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] –
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[CY] ← unsigned overflow during subtraction stage
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYMACADDE] are set.
Format:
l.msync
Description:
Execution of the memory synchronization instruction results in completion of all load/store operations before the RISC core continues.
32-bit Implementation:
memory-synchronization
64-bit Implementation:
memory-synchronization
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.mtspr rA,rB,K
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB are moved into the special register defined by contents of general-purpose register rA logically ORed with the immediate value.
32-bit Implementation:
spr(rA OR Immediate) ← rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
spr(rA OR Immediate) ← rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.mul rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the result is truncated to destination register width and placed into general-purpose register rD. Both operands are treated as signed integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMULE] are set.
Format:
l.muld rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the result is stored in the MACHI and MACLO registers. Both operands are treated as signed integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[OV] ← signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMULE] are set.
Format:
l.muldu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the result is stored in the MACHI and MACLO registers. Both operands are treated as unsigned integers.
The instruction will set the overflow flag on unsigned overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
MACHI[31:0]MACLO[31:0] ← rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[CY] ← unsigned overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYMULE] are set.
Format:
l.muli rD,rA,I
Description:
The immediate value and the contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied, and the result is truncated to destination register width and placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] * exts(Immediate)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] * exts(Immediate)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on signed overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVMULE] are set.
Format:
l.mulu rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are multiplied, and the result is truncated to destination register width and placed into general-purpose register rD. Both operands are treated as unsigned integers.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned overflow)
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned overflow)
Exceptions:
Range Exception on unsigned overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYMULE] are set.
Format:
l.nop K
Description:
This instruction does not do anything except that it takes at least one clock cycle to complete. It is often used to fill delay slot gaps. Immediate value can be used for simulation purposes.
32-bit Implementation:
64-bit Implementation:
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.or rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical OR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] OR rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] OR rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.ori rD,rA,K
Description:
The immediate value is zero-extended and combined with the contents of general-purpose register rA in a bit-wise logical OR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] OR extz(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] OR extz(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.psync
Description:
Execution of pipeline synchronization instruction results in completion of all instructions that were fetched before l.psync instruction. Once all instructions are completed, instructions fetched after l.psync are flushed from the pipeline and fetched again.
32-bit Implementation:
pipeline-synchronization
64-bit Implementation:
pipeline-synchronization
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.rfe
Description:
Execution of this instruction partially restores the state of the processor prior to the exception. This instruction does not have a delay slot.
32-bit Implementation:
PC
←
EPCR
SR
←
ESR
64-bit Implementation:
PC
←
EPCR
SR
←
ESR
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.ror rD,rA,rB
Description:
General-purpose register rB specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are rotated right. The result is written into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-rB[4:0]:0]
←
rA[31:rB[4:0]]
rD[31:32-rB[4:0]]
←
rA[rB[4:0]-1:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-rB[5:0]:0]
←
rA[63:rB[5:0]]
rD[63:64-rB[5:0]]
←
rA[rB[5:0]-1:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.rori rD,rA,L
Description:
The 6-bit immediate value specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are rotated right. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of immediate is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-L:0]
←
rA[31:L]
rD[31:32-L]
←
rA[L-1:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-L:0]
←
rA[63:L]
rD[63:64-L]
←
rA[L-1:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sb I(rA),rB
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The low-order 8 bits of general-purpose register rB are stored to memory location addressed by EA.
32-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
(EA)[7:0]
←
rB[7:0]
64-bit Implementation:
EA ←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
(EA)[7:0]
←
rB[7:0]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Format:
l.sd I(rA),rB
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The double word in general-purpose register rB is stored to memory location addressed by EA.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
(EA)[63:0]
←
rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.sfeq rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared. If the contents are equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] == rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] == rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfeqi rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared. If the two values are equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] == exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] == exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfges rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than or equal to the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] >= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgesi rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than or equal to the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] >= exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgeu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than or equal to the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] >= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgeui rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than or equal to the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] >= exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgts rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] > rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgtsi rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] > exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgtu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] > rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfgtui rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are greater than the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] > exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfles rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are less than or equal to the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] <= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sflesi rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are less than or equal to the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] <= exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfleu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are less than or equal to the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] <= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfleui rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are less than or equal to the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] <= exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sflts rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are less than the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] < rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfltsi rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as signed integers. If the contents of the first register are less than the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] < exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfltu rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are less than the contents of the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] < rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfltui rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared as unsigned integers. If the contents of the first register are less than the immediate value the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] < exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfne rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose registers rA and rB are compared. If the contents are not equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] != rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] != rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sfnei rA,I
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the sign-extended immediate value are compared. If the two values are not equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] != exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] != exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sh I(rA),rB
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The low-order 16 bits of general-purpose register rB are stored to memory location addressed by EA.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
(EA)[15:0]
←
rB[15:0]
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
(EA)[15:0]
←
rB[15:0]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.sll rD,rA,rB
Description:
General-purpose register rB specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted left, inserting zeros into the low-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of rB is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:rB[4:0]]
←
rA[31-rB[4:0]:0]
rD[rB[4:0]-1:0]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:rB[5:0]]
←
rA[63-rB[5:0]:0]
rD[rB[5:0]-1:0]
←
0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.slli rD,rA,L
Description:
The immediate value specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted left, inserting zeros into the low-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of immediate is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:L]
←
rA[31-L:0]
rD[L-1:0]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:L]
←
rA[63-L:0]
rD[L-1:0]
←
0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sra rD,rA,rB
Description:
General-purpose register rB specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted right, sign-extending the high-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of rB is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-rB[4:0]:0]
←
rA[31:rB[4:0]]
rD[31:32-rB[4:0]]
←
rA[31]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-rB[5:0]:0]
←
rA[63:rB[5:0]]
rD[63:64-rB[5:0]]
←
rA[63]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.srai rD,rA,L
Description:
The 6-bit immediate value specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted right, sign-extending the high-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of immediate is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-L:0]
←
rA[31:L]
rD[31:32-L]
←
rA[31]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-L:0]
←
rA[63:L]
rD[63:64-L]
←
rA[63]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.srl rD,rA,rB
Description:
General-purpose register rB specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted right, inserting zeros into the high-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of rB is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-rB[4:0]:0]
←
rA[31:rB[4:0]]
rD[31:32-rB[4:0]]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-rB[5:0]:0]
←
rA[63:rB[5:0]]
rD[63:64-rB[5:0]]
←
0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.srli rD,rA,L
Description:
The 6-bit immediate value specifies the number of bit positions; the contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted right, inserting zeros into the high-order bits. The result is written into general-purpose register rD. In 32-bit implementations bit 5 of immediate is ignored.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31-L:0]
←
rA[31:L]
rD[31:32-L]
←
0
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63-L:0]
←
rA[63:L]
rD[63:64-L]
←
0
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.sub rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the contents of general-purpose register rA to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
The instruction will set the carry flag on unsigned overflow, and the overflow flag on signed overflow.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] - rB[31:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0]
←
rA[63:0] - rB[63:0]
SR[CY]
←
carry (unsigned overflow)
SR[OV]
←
signed overflow
Exceptions:
Range Exception on overflow if SR[OVE] and AECR[OVADDE] are set.
Range Exception on carry if SR[OVE] and AECR[CYADDE] are set.
Format:
l.sw I(rA),rB
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rB are stored to memory location addressed by EA.
32-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
(EA)[31:0]
←
rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
(EA)[31:0]
←
rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.swa I(rA),rB
Description:
The offset is sign-extended and added to the contents of general-purpose register rA. The sum represents an effective address. The low-order 32 bits of general-purpose register rB are conditionally stored to memory location addressed by EA. The 'atomic' condition relies on that an atomic reserve to EA is still intact. When the MMU is enabled, the physical translation of EA is used to do the address comparison.
32-bit Implementation:
EA ← exts(Immediate) + rA[31:0]
if (atomic) (EA)[31:0] ← rB[31:0]
SR[F] ← atomic
64-bit Implementation:
EA
←
exts(Immediate) + rA[63:0]
if
(atomic) (EA)[31:0]
←
rB[31:0]
SR[F] ← atomic
Exceptions:
TLB
miss
Page
fault
Bus
error
Alignment
Format:
l.sys K
Description:
Execution of the system call instruction results in the system call exception. The system calls exception is a request to the operating system to provide operating system services. The immediate value can be used to specify which system service is requested, alternatively a GPR defined by the ABI can be used to specify system service.
Because an l.sys causes an intentional exception, rather than an interruption of normal processing, the matching l.rfe returns to the next instruction. As this is considered to be the jump itself for exceptions occurring in a delay slot, l.sys should not be placed in a delay slot.
32-bit Implementation:
system-call-exception(K)
64-bit Implementation:
system-call-exception(K)
Exceptions:
System Call
Format:
l.trap K
Description:
Trap exception is a request to the operating system or to the debug facility to execute certain debug services. Immediate value is used to select which SR bit is tested by trap instruction.
32-bit Implementation:
trap-exception()
64-bit Implementation:
trap-exception()
Exceptions:
Trap exception
Format:
l.xor rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical XOR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] XOR rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] XOR rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
l.xori rD,rA,I
Description:
The immediate value is sign-extended and combined with the contents of general-purpose register rA in a bit-wise logical XOR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] XOR exts(Immediate)
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] XOR exts(Immediate)
Exceptions:
None
5.4ORFPX32/64
Format:
lf.add.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are added to the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] + rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.add.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are added to the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] + rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] + rB[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.cust1.d rA,rB
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lf.cust1.s rA,rB
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lf.div.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are divided by the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] / rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.div.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are divided by the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] / rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] / rB[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.ftoi.d rD,rA
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are converted to an integer and stored in general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← ftoi(rA[63:0])
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.ftoi.s rD,rA
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are converted to an integer and stored into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← ftoi(rA[31:0])
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
ftoi(rA[31:0])
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.itof.d rD,rA
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are converted to a double-precision floating-point number and stored in general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← itof(rA[63:0])
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.itof.s rD,rA
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are converted to a single-precision floating-point number and stored into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← itof(rA[31:0])
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
itof(rA[31:0])
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.madd.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the contents of general-purpose register rB, and added to special-purpose register FPMADDLO/FPMADDHI.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0] ← rA[63:0] * rB[63:0] +
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.madd.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the contents of general-purpose register rB, and added to special-purpose register FPMADDLO/FPMADDHI.
32-bit Implementation:
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0] ← rA[31:0] * rB[31:0] +
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0] ← rA[31:0] * rB[31:0] +
FPMADDHI[31:0]FPMADDLO[31:0]
FPMADDHI
←
0
FPMADDLO
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.mul.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] * rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.mul.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the contents of general-purpose register rB to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] * rB[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.rem.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are divided by the contents of general-purpose register rB, and remainder is used as the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] % rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.rem.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are divided by the contents of general-purpose register rB, and remainder is used as the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] % rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] % rB[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.sfeq.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the two registers are equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] == rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfeq.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the two registers are equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] == rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] == rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfge.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is greater than or equal to the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] >= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfge.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is greater than or equal to the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] >= rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfgt.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is greater than the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] > rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfgt.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is greater than the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] > rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfle.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is less than or equal to the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] <= rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfle.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is less than or equal to the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] <= rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sflt.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is less than the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] < rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sflt.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the first register is less than the second register, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] < rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfne.d rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the two registers are not equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[63:0] != rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sfne.s rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA and the contents of general-purpose register rB are compared. If the two registers are not equal, the compare flag is set; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] != rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
SR[F] ← rA[31:0] != rB[31:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lf.sub.d rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the contents of general-purpose register rA to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] - rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
Floating Point
Format:
lf.sub.s rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the contents of general-purpose register rA to form the result. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0] ← rA[31:0] - rB[31:0]
64-bit Implementation:
rD[31:0]
←
rA[31:0] - rB[31:0]
rD[63:32]
←
0
Exceptions:
Floating Point
5.5ORVDX64
Format:
lv.add.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] + rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] + rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] + rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] + rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] + rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] + rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] + rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] + rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.add.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] + rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] + rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] + rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] + rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.adds.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8s(rA[7:0] + rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8s(rA[15:8] + rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8s(rA[23:16] + rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8s(rA[31:24] + rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8s(rA[39:32] + rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8s(rA[47:40] + rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8s(rA[55:48] + rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8s(rA[63:56] + rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.adds.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat16s(rA[15:0] + rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat16s(rA[31:16] + rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat16s(rA[47:32] + rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat16s(rA[63:48] + rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.addu.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] + rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] + rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] + rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] + rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] + rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] + rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] + rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] + rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.addu.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] + rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] + rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] + rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] + rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.addus.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8u(rA[7:0] + rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8u(rA[15:8] + rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8u(rA[23:16] + rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8u(rA[31:24] + rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8u(rA[39:32] + rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8u(rA[47:40] + rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8u(rA[55:48] + rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8u(rA[63:56] + rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.addus.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat16s(rA[15:0] + rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat16s(rA[31:16] + rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat16s(rA[47:32] + rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat16s(rA[63:48] + rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_eq.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all corresponding elements are equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] == rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
== rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
== rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
== rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
== rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
== rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
== rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
== rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_eq.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all corresponding elements are equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0]
== rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
== rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
== rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
== rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_ge.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are greater than or equal to the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] >= rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
>= rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
>= rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
>= rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
>= rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
>= rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
>= rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
>= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_ge.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are greater than or equal to the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] >= rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
>= rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
>= rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
>= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_gt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are greater than the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] > rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
> rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
> rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
> rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
> rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
> rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
> rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
> rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_gt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are greater than the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] > rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
> rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
> rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
> rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_le.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are less than or equal to the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] <= rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
<= rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
<= rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
<= rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
<= rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
<= rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
<= rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
<= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_le.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to
the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare
flag is set if all elements of rA are less than or equal to the
elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared.
The
compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose
register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] <= rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
<= rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
<= rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
<= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0] ← repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_lt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are less than the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] < rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
< rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
< rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
< rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
< rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
< rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
< rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
< rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_lt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all elements of rA are less than the elements of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] < rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
< rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
< rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
< rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_ne.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if all corresponding elements are not equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] != rB[7:0] &&
rA[15:8]
!= rB[15:8] &&
rA[23:16]
!= rB[23:16] &&
rA[31:24]
!= rB[31:24] &&
rA[39:32]
!= rB[39:32] &&
rA[47:40]
!= rB[47:40] &&
rA[55:48]
!= rB[55:48] &&
rA[63:56]
!= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.all_ne.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to
the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare
flag is set if all corresponding elements are not equal; otherwise
the compare flag is cleared.
The compare flag is replicated into
all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] != rB[15:0] &&
rA[31:16]
!= rB[31:16] &&
rA[47:32]
!= rB[47:32] &&
rA[63:48]
!= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.and rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical AND operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] AND rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_eq.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any two corresponding elements are equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] == rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
== rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
== rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
== rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
== rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
== rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
== rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
== rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_eq.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any two corresponding elements are equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] == rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
== rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
== rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
== rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_ge.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is greater than or equal to the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] >= rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
>= rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
>= rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
>= rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
>= rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
>= rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
>= rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
>= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_ge.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is greater than or equal to the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] >= rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
>= rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
>= rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
>= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_gt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is greater than the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] > rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
> rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
> rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
> rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
> rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
> rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
> rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
> rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_gt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is greater than the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] > rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
> rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
> rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
> rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_le.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is less than or equal to the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] <= rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
<= rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
<= rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
<= rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
<= rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
<= rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
<= rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
<= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_le.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is less than or equal to the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] <= rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
<= rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
<= rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
<= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_lt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is less than the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] < rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
< rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
< rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
< rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
< rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
< rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
< rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
< rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_lt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any element of rA is less than the corresponding element of rB; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] < rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
< rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
< rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
< rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_ne.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any two corresponding elements are not equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[7:0] != rB[7:0] ||
rA[15:8]
!= rB[15:8] ||
rA[23:16]
!= rB[23:16] ||
rA[31:24]
!= rB[31:24] ||
rA[39:32]
!= rB[39:32] ||
rA[47:40]
!= rB[47:40] ||
rA[55:48]
!= rB[55:48] ||
rA[63:56]
!= rB[63:56]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.any_ne.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. The compare flag is set if any two corresponding elements are not equal; otherwise the compare flag is cleared. The compare flag is replicated into all bit positions of general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
flag
←
rA[15:0] != rB[15:0] ||
rA[31:16]
!= rB[31:16] ||
rA[47:32]
!= rB[47:32] ||
rA[63:48]
!= rB[63:48]
rD[63:0]
←
repl(flag)
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.avg.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB, and the sum is shifted right by one to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
(rA[7:0] + rB[7:0]) >> 1
rD[15:8]
←
(rA[15:8] + rB[15:8]) >> 1
rD[23:16]
←
(rA[23:16] + rB[23:16]) >> 1
rD[31:24]
←
(rA[31:24] + rB[31:24]) >> 1
rD[39:32]
←
(rA[39:32] + rB[39:32]) >> 1
rD[47:40]
←
(rA[47:40] + rB[47:40]) >> 1
rD[55:48]
←
(rA[55:48] + rB[55:48]) >> 1
rD[63:56]
←
(rA[63:56] + rB[63:56]) >> 1
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.avg.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are added to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB, and the sum is shifted right by one to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
(rA[15:0] + rB[15:0]) >> 1
rD[31:16]
←
(rA[31:16] + rB[31:16]) >> 1
rD[47:32]
←
(rA[47:32] + rB[47:32]) >> 1
rD[63:48]
←
(rA[63:48] + rB[63:48]) >> 1
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_eq.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the two corresponding compared elements are equal; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] == rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] == rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] == rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] == rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] == rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] == rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] == rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] == rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_eq.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the two corresponding compared elements are equal; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] == rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] == rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] == rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] == rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_ge.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is greater than or equal to the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] >= rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] >= rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] >= rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] >= rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] >= rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] >= rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] >= rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] >= rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_ge.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is greater than or equal to the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] >= rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] >= rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] >= rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] >= rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_gt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is greater than the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] > rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] > rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] > rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] > rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] > rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] > rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] > rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] > rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_gt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is greater than the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] > rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] > rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] > rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] > rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_le.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is less than or equal to the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] <= rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] <= rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] <= rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] <= rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] <= rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] <= rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] <= rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] <= rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_le.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is less than or equal to the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] <= rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] <= rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] <= rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] <= rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_lt.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is less than the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] <= rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] <= rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] <= rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] <= rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] <= rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] <= rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] <= rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] <= rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_lt.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the element in rA is less than the element in rB; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] <= rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] <= rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] <= rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] <= rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_ne.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
All byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the two corresponding compared elements are not equal; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
repl(rA[7:0] != rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
repl(rA[15:8] != rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
repl(rA[23:16] != rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
repl(rA[31:24] != rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
repl(rA[39:32] != rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
repl(rA[47:40] != rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
repl(rA[55:48] != rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
repl(rA[63:56] != rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cmp_ne.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
All half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB. Bits of the element in general-purpose register rD are set if the two corresponding compared elements are not equal; otherwise the element bits are cleared.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
repl(rA[15:0] != rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
repl(rA[31:16] != rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
repl(rA[47:32] != rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
repl(rA[63:48] != rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.cust1
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lv.cust2
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lv.cust3
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lv.cust4
Description:
This fake instruction only allocates instruction set space for custom instructions. Custom instructions are those that are not defined by the architecture but instead by the implementation itself.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
N/A
Exceptions:
N/A
Format:
lv.madds.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form intermediate results. They are then added to the signed half-word VMAC elements to form the final results that are placed again in the VMAC registers. The intermediate result is placed into general-purpose register rD. If any of the final results exceeds the min/max value, it is saturated.
Note: The ORVDX instruction set is not completely specified. This instruction is incorrectly specified in that VMAC is not defined and implementation below does not match description.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat32s(rA[15:0] * rB[15:0] + VMACLO[31:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat32s(rA[31:16] * rB[31:16] + VMACLO[63:32])
rD[47:32]
←
sat32s(rA[47:32] * rB[47:32] + VMACHI[31:0])
rD[63:48]
←
sat32s(rA[63:48] * rB[63:48] + VMACHI[63:32])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.max.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB, and the larger elements are selected to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] > rB[7:0] ? rA[7:0] : rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] > rB[15:8] ? rA[15:8] : rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] > rB[23:16] ? rA[23:16] : rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] > rB[31:24] ? rA[31:24] : rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] > rB[39:32] ? rA[39:32] : rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] > rB[47:40] ? rA[47:40] : rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] > rB[55:48] ? rA[55:48] : rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] > rB[63:56] ? rA[63:56] : rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.max.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB, and the larger elements are selected to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] > rB[15:0] ? rA[15:0] : rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] > rB[31:16] ? rA[31:16] : rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] > rB[47:32] ? rA[47:32] : rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] > rB[63:48] ? rA[63:48] : rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.merge.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of the lower half of the general-purpose register rA are combined with the byte elements of the lower half of general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest element is from rB, the second element from rA, the third again from rB etc. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.merge.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of the lower half of the general-purpose register rA are combined with the half-word elements of the lower half of general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest element is from rB, the second element from rA, the third again from rB etc. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.min.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the byte elements of general-purpose register rB, and the smaller elements are selected to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] < rB[7:0] ? rA[7:0] : rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] < rB[15:8] ? rA[15:8] : rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] < rB[23:16] ? rA[23:16] : rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] < rB[31:24] ? rA[31:24] : rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] < rB[39:32] ? rA[39:32] : rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] < rB[47:40] ? rA[47:40] : rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] < rB[55:48] ? rA[55:48] : rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] < rB[63:56] ? rA[63:56] : rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.min.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are compared to the half-word elements of general-purpose register rB, and the smaller elements are selected to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] < rB[15:0] ? rA[15:0] : rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] < rB[31:16] ? rA[31:16] : rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] < rB[47:32] ? rA[47:32] : rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] < rB[63:48] ? rA[63:48] : rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.msubs.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form intermediate results. They are then subtracted from the signed half-word VMAC elements to form the final results that are placed again in the VMAC registers. The intermediate result is placed into general-purpose register rD. If any of the final results exceeds the min/max value, it is saturated.
Note: The ORVDX instruction set is not completely specified. This instruction is incorrectly specified in that VMAC is not defined and implementation below does not match description.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat32s(VMACLO[31:0] - rA[15:0] * rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat32s(VMACLO[63:32] - rA[31:16] * rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat32s(VMACHI[31:0] - rA[47:32] * rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat32s(VMACHI[63:32] - rA[63:48] * rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.muls.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are multiplied by the signed half-word elements of general-purpose register rB to form the results. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD. If any of the final results exceeds the min/max value, it is saturated.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat16s(rA[15:0] * rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat16s(rA[31:16] * rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat16s(rA[47:32] * rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat16s(rA[63:48] * rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.nand rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical NAND operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] NAND rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.nor rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical NOR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] NOR rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.or rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical OR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] OR rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.pack.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the byte elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the byte truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
64-bit Implementation:
rD[3:0]
←
rB[3:0]
rD[7:4]
←
rB[11:8]
rD[11:8]
←
rB[19:16]
rD[15:12]
←
rB[27:24]
rD[19:16]
←
rB[35:32]
rD[23:20]
←
rB[43:40]
rD[27:24]
←
rB[51:48]
rD[31:28]
←
rB[59:56]
rD[35:32]
←
rA[3:0]
rD[39:36]
←
rA[11:8]
rD[43:40]
←
rA[19:16]
rD[47:44]
←
rA[27:24]
rD[51:48]
←
rA[35:32]
rD[55:52]
←
rA[43:40]
rD[59:56]
←
rA[51:48]
rD[63:60]
←
rA[59:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.pack.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the half-word elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the half-word truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rB[23:16]
rD[23:16]
←
rB[39:32]
rD[31:24]
←
rB[55:48]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[7:0]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[23:16]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[39:32]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[55:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.packs.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the signed byte elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the signed byte truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. If any truncated element exceeds a signed 4-bit value, it is saturated. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
64-bit Implementation:
rD[3:0]
←
sat4s(rB[7:0])
rD[7:4]
←
sat4s(rB[15:8])
rD[11:8]
←
sat4s(rB[23:16])
rD[15:12]
←
sat4s(rB[31:24])
rD[19:16]
←
sat4s(rB[39:32])
rD[23:20]
←
sat4s(rB[47:40])
rD[27:24]
←
sat4s(rB[55:48])
rD[31:28]
←
sat4s(rB[63:56])
rD[35:32]
←
sat4s(rA[7:0])
rD[39:36]
←
sat4s(rA[15:8])
rD[43:40]
←
sat4s(rA[23:16])
rD[47:44]
←
sat4s(rA[31:24])
rD[51:48]
←
sat4s(rA[39:32])
rD[55:52]
←
sat4s(rA[47:40])
rD[59:56]
←
sat4s(rA[55:48])
rD[63:60]
←
sat4s(rA[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.packs.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the signed halfword elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the signed half-word truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. If any truncated element exceeds a signed 8-bit value, it is saturated. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8s(rB[15:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8s(rB[31:16])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8s(rB[47:32])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8s(rB[63:48])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8s(rA[15:0])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8s(rA[31:16])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8s(rA[47:32])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8s(rA[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.packus.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the unsigned byte elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the unsigned byte truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. If any truncated element exceeds an unsigned 4-bit value, it is saturated. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
64-bit Implementation:
rD[3:0]
←
sat4u(rB[7:0])
rD[7:4]
←
sat4u(rB[15:8])
rD[11:8]
←
sat4u(rB[23:16])
rD[15:12]
←
sat4u(rB[31:24])
rD[19:16]
←
sat4u(rB[39:32])
rD[23:20]
←
sat4u(rB[47:40])
rD[27:24]
←
sat4u(rB[55:48])
rD[31:28]
←
sat4u(rB[63:56])
rD[35:32]
←
sat4u(rA[7:0])
rD[39:36]
←
sat4u(rA[15:8])
rD[43:40]
←
sat4u(rA[23:16])
rD[47:44]
←
sat4u(rA[31:24])
rD[51:48]
←
sat4u(rA[39:32])
rD[55:52]
←
sat4u(rA[47:40])
rD[59:56]
←
sat4u(rA[55:48])
rD[63:60]
←
sat4u(rA[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.packus.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the unsigned halfword elements of the general-purpose register rA are truncated and combined with the lower half of the unsigned half-word truncated elements of the general-purpose register rB in such a way that the lowest elements are from rB, and the highest elements from rA. If any truncated element exceeds an unsigned 8-bit value, it is saturated. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8u(rB[15:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8u(rB[31:16])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8u(rB[47:32])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8u(rB[63:48])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8u(rA[15:0])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8u(rA[31:16])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8u(rA[47:32])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8u(rA[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.perm.n rD,rA,rB
Description:
The 4-bit elements of general-purpose register rA are permuted according to the corresponding 4-bit values in general-purpose register rB. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
64-bit Implementation:
rD[3:0]
←
rA[rB[3:0]*4+3:rB[3:0]*4]
rD[7:4]
←
rA[rB[7:4]*4+3:rB[7:4]*4]
rD[11:8]
←
rA[rB[11:8]*4+3:rB[11:8]*4]
rD[15:12]
←
rA[rB[15:12]*4+3:rB[15:12]*4]
rD[19:16]
←
rA[rB[19:16]*4+3:rB[19:16]*4]
rD[23:20]
←
rA[rB[23:20]*4+3:rB[23:20]*4]
rD[27:24]
←
rA[rB[27:24]*4+3:rB[27:24]*4]
rD[31:28]
←
rA[rB[31:28]*4+3:rB[31:28]*4]
rD[35:32]
←
rA[rB[35:32]*4+3:rB[35:32]*4]
rD[39:36]
←
rA[rB[39:36]*4+3:rB[39:36]*4]
rD[43:40]
←
rA[rB[43:40]*4+3:rB[43:40]*4]
rD[47:44]
←
rA[rB[47:44]*4+3:rB[47:44]*4]
rD[51:48]
←
rA[rB[51:48]*4+3:rB[51:48]*4]
rD[55:52]
←
rA[rB[55:52]*4+3:rB[55:52]*4]
rD[59:56]
←
rA[rB[59:56]*4+3:rB[59:56]*4]
rD[63:60]
←
rA[rB[63:60]*4+3:rB[63:60]*4]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.rl.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of byte elements of general-purpose register rA are rotated left by the number of bits specified in the lower 3 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] rl rB[2:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] rl rB[10:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] rl rB[18:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] rl rB[26:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] rl rB[34:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] rl rB[42:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] rl rB[50:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] rl rB[58:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.rl.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are rotated left by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each half-word element of general-purpose register rB. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] rl rB[3:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] rl rB[19:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] rl rB[35:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] rl rB[51:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sll rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted left by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the low-order bits of rD. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
Note: The ORVDX instruction set is not completely specified. This instruction is incorrectly specified in that implementation below does not operate in a vector fashion and no element size is specified in the mnemonic. It may be a remnant of a template or lv.sll.b.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] << rB[2:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sll.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of byte elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted left by the number of bits specified in the lower 3 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the low-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] << rB[2:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] << rB[10:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] << rB[18:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] << rB[26:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] << rB[34:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] << rB[42:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] << rB[50:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] << rB[58:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sll.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted left by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each half-word element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the low-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] << rB[3:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] << rB[19:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] << rB[35:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] << rB[51:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sra.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of byte elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted right by the number of bits specified in the lower 3 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB, inserting the most significant bit of each element into the high-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] sra rB[2:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] sra rB[10:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] sra rB[18:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] sra rB[26:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] sra rB[34:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] sra rB[42:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] sra rB[50:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] sra rB[58:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sra.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted right by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each half-word element of general-purpose register rB, inserting the most significant bit of each element into the high-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] sra rB[3:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] sra rB[19:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] sra rB[35:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] sra rB[51:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.srl rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are shifted right by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the high-order bits of rD. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
Note: The ORVDX instruction set is not completely specified. This instruction is incorrectly specified in that implementation below does not operate in a vector fashion and no element size is specified in the mnemonic. It may be a remnant of a template or lv.srl.b.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] >> rB[2:0]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.srl.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of byte elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted right by the number of bits specified in the lower 3 bits in each byte element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the high-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] >> rB[2:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] >> rB[10:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] >> rB[18:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] >> rB[26:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] >> rB[34:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] >> rB[42:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] >> rB[50:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] >> rB[58:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.srl.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of half-word elements of general-purpose register rA are shifted right by the number of bits specified in the lower 4 bits in each half-word element of general-purpose register rB, inserting zeros into the high-order bits. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] >> rB[3:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] >> rB[19:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] >> rB[35:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] >> rB[51:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sub.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the byte elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] - rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] - rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] - rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] - rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] - rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] - rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] - rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] - rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.sub.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the half-word elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] - rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] - rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] - rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] - rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subs.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The byte elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the byte elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8s(rA[7:0] - rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8s(rA[15:8] - rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8s(rA[23:16] - rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8s(rA[31:24] - rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8s(rA[39:32] - rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8s(rA[47:40] - rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8s(rA[55:48] - rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8s(rA[63:56] - rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subs.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The half-word elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the half-word elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat16s(rA[15:0] - rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat16s(rA[31:16] - rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat16s(rA[47:32] - rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat16s(rA[63:48] - rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subu.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
rA[7:0] - rB[7:0]
rD[15:8]
←
rA[15:8] - rB[15:8]
rD[23:16]
←
rA[23:16] - rB[23:16]
rD[31:24]
←
rA[31:24] - rB[31:24]
rD[39:32]
←
rA[39:32] - rB[39:32]
rD[47:40]
←
rA[47:40] - rB[47:40]
rD[55:48]
←
rA[55:48] - rB[55:48]
rD[63:56]
←
rA[63:56] - rB[63:56]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subu.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. The result elements are placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
rA[15:0] - rB[15:0]
rD[31:16]
←
rA[31:16] - rB[31:16]
rD[47:32]
←
rA[47:32] - rB[47:32]
rD[63:48]
←
rA[63:48] - rB[63:48]
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subus.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the unsigned byte elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
sat8u(rA[7:0] - rB[7:0])
rD[15:8]
←
sat8u(rA[15:8] - rB[15:8])
rD[23:16]
←
sat8u(rA[23:16] - rB[23:16])
rD[31:24]
←
sat8u(rA[31:24] - rB[31:24])
rD[39:32]
←
sat8u(rA[39:32] - rB[39:32])
rD[47:40]
←
sat8u(rA[47:40] - rB[47:40])
rD[55:48]
←
sat8u(rA[55:48] - rB[55:48])
rD[63:56]
←
sat8u(rA[63:56] - rB[63:56])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.subus.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rB are subtracted from the unsigned half-word elements of general-purpose register rA to form the result elements. If the result exceeds the min/max value for the destination data type, it is saturated to the min/max value and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
sat16u(rA[15:0] - rB[15:0])
rD[31:16]
←
sat16u(rA[31:16] - rB[31:16])
rD[47:32]
←
sat16u(rA[47:32] - rB[47:32])
rD[63:48]
←
sat16u(rA[63:48] - rB[63:48])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.unpack.b rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the 4-bit elements in general-purpose register rA are sign-extended and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[7:0]
←
exts(rA[3:0])
rD[15:8]
←
exts(rA[7:4])
rD[23:16]
←
exts(rA[11:8])
rD[31:24]
←
exts(rA[15:12])
rD[39:32]
←
exts(rA[19:16])
rD[47:40]
←
exts(rA[23:20])
rD[55:48]
←
exts(rA[27:24])
rD[63:56]
←
exts(rA[31:28])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.unpack.h rD,rA,rB
Description:
The lower half of the 8-bit elements in general-purpose register rA are sign-extended and placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[15:0]
←
exts(rA[7:0])
rD[31:16]
←
exts(rA[15:8])
rD[47:32]
←
exts(rA[23:16])
rD[63:48]
←
exts(rA[31:24])
Exceptions:
None
Format:
lv.xor rD,rA,rB
Description:
The contents of general-purpose register rA are combined with the contents of general-purpose register rB in a bit-wise logical XOR operation. The result is placed into general-purpose register rD.
32-bit Implementation:
N/A
64-bit Implementation:
rD[63:0] ← rA[63:0] XOR rB[63:0]
Exceptions:
None
6Exception Model
This chapter describes the various exception types and their handling.
6.1Introduction
The exception mechanism allows the processor to change to supervisor state as a result of external signals, errors, or unusual conditions arising in the execution of instructions. When exceptions occur, information about the state of the processor is saved to certain registers and the processor begins execution at the address predetermined for each exception. Processing of exceptions begins in supervisor mode.
The OpenRISC 1000 arcitecture has special support for fast exception processing – also called fast context switch support. This allows very rapid interrupt processing. It is achieved with shadowing general-purpose and some special registers.
The architecture requires that all exceptions be handled in strict order with respect to the instruction stream. When an instruction-caused exception is recognized, any unexecuted instructions that appear earlier in the instruction stream are required to complete before the exception is taken.
Exceptions can occur while an exception handler routine is executing, and multiple exceptions can become nested. Support for fast exceptions allows fast nesting of exceptions until all shadowed registers are used. If context switching is not implemented, nested exceptions should not occur.
6.2Exception Classes
All exceptions can be described as precise or imprecise and either synchronous or asynchronous. Synchronous exceptions are caused by instructions and asynchronous exceptions are caused by events external to the processor.
Type |
Exception |
Asynchronous/nonmaskable |
Bus Error, Reset |
Asynchronous/maskable |
External Interrupt, Tick Timer |
Synchronous/precise |
Instruction-caused exceptions |
Synchronous/imprecise |
None |
Table 6-1. Exception Classes
Whenever an exception occurs, current PC is saved to current EPCR and new PC is set with the vector address according to Table 6-2.
Exception Type |
Vector Offset |
Causal Conditions |
Reset |
0x100 |
Caused by software or hardware reset. |
Bus Error |
0x200 |
The causes are implementation-specific, but typically they are related to bus errors and attempts to access invalid physical address. |
Data Page Fault |
0x300 |
No matching PTE found in page tables or page protection violation for load/store operations. |
Instruction Page Fault |
0x400 |
No matching PTE found in page tables or page protection violation for instruction fetch. |
Tick Timer |
0x500 |
Tick timer interrupt asserted. |
Alignment |
0x600 |
Load/store access to naturally not aligned location. |
Illegal Instruction |
0x700 |
Illegal instruction in the instruction stream. |
External Interrupt |
0x800 |
External interrupt asserted. |
D-TLB Miss |
0x900 |
No matching entry in DTLB (DTLB miss). |
I-TLB Miss |
0xA00 |
No matching entry in ITLB (ITLB miss). |
Range |
0xB00 |
If programmed in the SR, the setting of certain flags, like SR[OV], causes a range exception. On OpenRISC implementations with less than 32 GPRs when accessing unimplemented architectural GPRs. On all implementations if SR[CID] had to go out of range in order to process next exception. |
System Call |
0xC00 |
System call initiated by software. |
Floating Point |
0xD00 |
Caused by floating point instructions when FPCSR status flags are set by FPU and FPCSR[FPEE] is set |
Trap |
0xE00 |
Caused by the l.trap instruction or by debug unit. |
Reserved |
0xF00 – 0x1400 |
Reserved for future use. |
Reserved |
0x1500 – 0x1800 |
Reserved for implementation-specific exceptions. |
Reserved |
0x1900 – 0x1F00 |
Reserved for custom exceptions. |
Table 6-2. Exception Types and Causal Conditions
6.3Exception Processing
Whenever an exception occurs, the current/next PC is saved to the current EPCR. If the CPU implements delay-slot execution (CPUCFGR[ND] is not set) and the PC points to the delay-slot instruction, PC-4 is saved to the current EPCR and SR[DSX] is set. Table 6-3 defines what are current/next PC and effective address.
The SR is saved to the current ESR.
Current EPCR/ESR are identified by SR[CID]. If fast context switching is not implemented then current EPCR/ESR are always EPCR0/ESR0.
In addition, the current EEAR is set with the effective address in question if one of the following exceptions occurs: Bus Error, IMMU page fault, DMMU page fault, Alignment, I-TLB miss, D-TLB miss.
Exception |
Priority |
EPCR |
EPCR |
EEAR |
Reset |
1 |
- |
- |
- |
Bus Error |
4 (insn) 9 (data) |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Load/ store/fetch virtual EA |
Data Page Fault |
8 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Load/store virtual EA |
Instruction Page Fault |
3 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Instruction fetch virtual EA |
Tick Timer |
12 |
Address of next not executed instruction |
Address of just executed jump instruction |
- |
Alignment |
6 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Load/store virtual EA |
Illegal Instruction |
5 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Instruction fetch virtual EA |
External Interrupt |
12 |
Address of next not executed instruction |
Address of just executed jump instruction |
- |
D-TLB Miss |
7 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Load/store virtual EA |
I-TLB Miss |
2 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
Instruction fetch virtual EA |
Range |
10 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
- |
System Call |
7 |
Address of next not executed instruction |
Address of just executed jump instruction |
- |
Floating Point |
11 |
Address of next not executed instruction |
Address of just executed jump instruction |
- |
Trap |
7 |
Address of instruction that caused exception |
Address of jump instruction before the instruction that caused exception |
- |
Table 6-3. Values of EPCR and EEAR After Exception
If fast context switching is used, SR[CID] is incremented with each new exception so that a new set of shadowed registers is used. If SR[CID] will overflow with the current exception, a range exception is invoked.
However, if SR[CE] is not set, fast context switching is not enabled. In this case all registers that will be modified by exception handler routine must first be saved.
All exceptions set a new SR where both MMUs are disabled (address translation disabled), supervisor mode is turned on, and tick timer exceptions and interrupts are disabled. (SR[DME]=0, SR[IME]=0, SR[SM]=1, SR[IEE]=0 and SR[TEE]=0).
When enough machine state information has been saved by the exception handler, SR[TTE] and SR[IEE] can be re-enabled so that tick timer and external interrupts are not blocked.
When returning from an exception handler with l.rfe, SR and PC are restored. If SR[CE] is set, CID will be automatically decremented and the previous machine state will be restored; otherwise, general-purpose registers previously saved by exception handler need to be restored as well.
6.3.1Particular delay slot issues
Instructions placed in the delay slot will cause EPCR to be set to the address of the jump instruction, not the delay slot or target instruction. Because of this, two categories of instruction should never be placed in the delay slot:
Instructions altering the conditions of the jump itself. This is why l.jr must not have a delay slot instruction modify the target address register.
Instructions consistently causing an exception, such as l.sys. Normally l.sys returns to continue execution, but if placed in a delay slot it instead causes a repeat of the system call itself.
l.trap is generally used as a software breakpoint, so may not have the same concern.
6.4Fast Context Switching (Optional)
Fast context switching is a technique that reduces register storing to stack when exceptions occur. Only one type of exception can be handled, so it is up to the software to figure out what caused it. Using software, both interrupt handler invokation and thread switching can be handled very quickly. The hardware should be capable of switching between contexts in only one cycle.
Context can also be switched during an exception or by using a supervisor register CXR (context register) available only in supervisor mode. CXR is the same for all contexts.
6.4.1Changing Context in Supervisor Mode
The read/write register CXR consists of two parts: the lower 16 bits represents the current context register set. The upper 16 bits represent the current CID. CCID cannot be accessed in user mode. Writing to CCID causes an immediate context change. Reading from CCID returns the running (current) context ID. The context where CID=0 is also called the main context.
BIT |
31-16 |
15-0 |
Identifier |
CCID |
CCRS |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
CCRS has two functions:
When an exception occurs, it holds the previous CID.
It is used to access other context's registers.
6.4.2Context Switch Caused by Exception
When an exception occurs and fast context switching is enabled, the CCID is copied to CCRS and then set to zero, thus switching to main context.
Functions of the main context are:
Switching between threads
Handling exceptions
Preparing, loading, saving, and releasing context identifiers to/from the CID table
CXR should be stored in a general-purpose register as soon as possible, to allow further exception nesting.
The following table shows an example how the CID table could be used. Generally, there is no need that free exception contexts are equal.
CID |
Function |
7 |
Exception contexts |
6 |
|
5 |
|
4 |
Thread contexts |
3 |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
0 |
Main context |
Four thread contexts are loaded, and software can switch between them freely using main context, running in supervisor mode. When an exception occurs, first need to be determined what caused it and switch to the next free exception context. Since exceptions can be nested, more free contexts may have to be available. Some of the contexts thus need to be stored to memory in order to switch to a new exception.
The algorithm used in the main context to handle context saving/restoring and switching can be kept as simple as possible. It should have enough (of its own) registers to store information such as:
Current running CID
Next exception
Thread cycling info
Pointers to context table in memory
Copy of CXR
If the number of interrupts is significant, some sort of defered interrupts calls mechanism can be used. The main context algorithm should store just I/O information passed by the interrupt for further execution and return from main context as soon as possible.
6.4.3Accessing Other Contexts’ Registers
This operation can be done only in supervisor mode. In the basic instruction set we have the l.mtspr and l.mfspr instructions that are used to access shadowed registers.
7Memory Model
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 weakly ordered memory model.
7.1Memory
Memory is byte-addressed with halfword accesses aligned on 2-byte boundaries, singleword accesses aligned on 4-byte boundaries, and doubleword accesses aligned on 8-byte boundaries.
7.2Memory Access Ordering
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture specifies a weakly ordered memory model for uniprocessor and shared memory multiprocessor systems. This model has the advantage of a higher-performance memory system but places the responsibility for strict access ordering on the programmer.
The order in which the processor performs memory access, the order in which those accesses complete in memory, and the order in which those accesses are viewed by another processor may all be different. Two means of enforcing memory access ordering are provided to allow programs in uniprocessor and multiprocessor system to share memory.
An OpenRISC 1000 processor implementation may also implement a more restrictive, strongly ordered memory model. Programs written for the weakly ordered memory model will automatically work on processors with strongly ordered memory model.
7.2.1Memory Synchronize Instruction
The l.msync instruction permits the program to control the order in which load and store operations are performed. This synchronization is accomplished by requiring programs to indicate explicitly in the instruction stream, by inserting a memory sync instruction, that synchronization is required. The memory sync instruction ensures that all memory accesses initiated by a program have been performed before the next instruction is executed.
OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations, that implement the strongly-ordered memory model instead of the weakly-ordered one, can execute memory synchronization instruction as a no-operation instruction.
7.2.2Pages Designated as Weakly-Ordered-Memory
When a memory page is designated as a Weakly-Ordered-Memory (WOM) page, instructions and data can be accessed out-of-order and with prefetching. When a page is designated as not WOM, instruction fetches and load/store operations are performed in-order without any prefetching.
OpenRISC 1000 scalar processor implementations, that implement strongly-ordered memory model instead of the weakly-ordered one and perform load and store operations in-order, are not required to implement the WOM bit in the MMU.
7.3Atomicity
A memory access is atomic if it is always performed in its entirety with no visible fragmentation. Atomic memory accesses are specifically required to implement software semaphores and other shared structures in systems where two different processes on the same processor, or two different processors in a multiprocessor environment, access the same memory location with intent to modify it.
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture provides two dedicated instructions that together perform an atomic read-modify-write operation.
l.lwa rD, I(rA)
l.swa I(rA), rB
Instruction l.lwa loads single word from memory, creating a reservation for a subsequent conditional store operation. A special register, invisible to the programmer, is used to hold the address of the memory location, which is used in the atomic read-modify-write operation.
The reservation for a subsequent l.swa is cancelled if another store to the same memory location occur, another master writes the same memory location (snoop hit), another l.swa (to any memory location) is executed, another l.lwa is executed or a context switch (exception) occur.
If a reservation is still valid when the corresponding l.swa is executed, l.swa stores general-purpose register rB into the memory and SR[F] is set.
If the reservation was cancelled, l.swa does not perform the store to memory and SR[F] is cleared.
In implementations that use a weakly-ordered memory model, l.swa and l.lwa will serve as synchronization points, similar to l.msync.
8Memory Management
This chapter describes the virtual memory and access protection mechanisms for memory management within the OpenRISC 1000 architecture.
Note that this chapter describes the address translation mechanism from the perspective of the programming model. As such, it describes the structure of the page tables, the MMU conditions that cause MMU related exceptions and the MMU registers. The hardware implementation details that are invisible to the OpenRISC 1000 programming model, such as MMU organization and TLB size, are not contained in the architectural definition.
8.1MMU Features
The OpenRISC 1000 memory management unit includes the following principal features:
Support for effective address (EA) of 32 bits and 64 bits
Support for implementation specific size of physical address spaces up to 35 address bits (32 GByte)
Three different page sizes:
Level 0 pages (32 Gbyte; only with 64-bit EA) translated with D/I Area Translation Buffer (ATB)
Level 1 pages (16 MByte) translated with D/I Area Translation Buffer (ATB)
Level 2 pages (8 Kbyte) translated with D/I Translation Lookaside Buffer (TLB)
Address translation using one-, two- or three-level page tables
Powerful page based access protection with support for demand-paged virtual memory
Support for simultaneous multi-threading (SMT)
8.2MMU Overview
The primary functions of the MMU in an OpenRISC 1000 processor are to translate effective addresses to physical addresses for memory accesses. In addition, the MMU provides various levels of access protection on a page-by-page basis. Note that this chapter describes the conceptual model of the OpenRISC 1000 MMU and implementations may differ in the specific hardware used to implement this model.
Two general types of accesses generated by OpenRISC 1000 processors require address translation – instruction accesses generated by the instruction fetch unit, and data accesses generated by the load and store unit. Generally, the address translation mechanism is defined in terms of page tables used by OpenRISC 1000 processors to locate the effective to physical address mapping for instruction and data accesses.
The definition of page table data structures provides significant flexibility for the implementation of performance enhancement features in a wide range of processors. Therefore, the performance enhancements used to the page table information on-chip vary from implementation to implementation.
Translation lookaside buffers (TLBs) are commonly implemented in OpenRISC 1000 processors to keep recently-used page address translations on-chip. Although their exact implementation is not specified, the general concepts that are pertinent to the system software are described.
Figure 8-1. Translation of Effective to Physical Address – Simplified block diagram for 32-bit processor implementations
Large areas can be translated with optional facility called Area Translation Buffer (ATB). ATBs translate 16MB and 32GB pages. If xTLB and xATB have a match on the same virtual address, xTLB is used.
The MMU, together with the exception processing mechanism, provides the necessary support for the operating system to implement a paged virtual memory environment and for enforcing protection of designated memory areas.
8.3MMU Exceptions
To complete any memory access, the effective address must be translated to a physical address. An MMU exception occurs if this translation fails.
TLB miss exceptions can happen only on OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations that do TLB reload in software.
The page fault exceptions that are caused by missing PTE in page table or page access protection can happen on any OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations.
EXCEPTION NAME |
VECTOR OFFSET |
CAUSING CONDITIONS |
Data Page Fault |
0x300 |
No matching PTE found in page tables or page protection violation for load/store operations. |
Instruction Page Fault |
0x400 |
No matching PTE found in page tables or page protection violation for instruction fetch. |
DTLB Miss |
0x900 |
No matching entry in DTLB. |
ITLB Miss |
0xA00 |
No matching entry in ITLB. |
Table 8-1. MMU Exceptions
The vector offset addresses in table are subject to the presence and setting of the of the Exception Vector Base Address Register (EVBAR) may have configured the exceptions to be processed at a different offset, however the least-significant 12-bit offset address remain the same.
The state saved by the processor for each of the exceptions in Table 9-2 contains information that identifies the address of the failing instruction. Refer to the chapter entitled “Exception Processing” on page 257 for a more detailed description of exception processing.
8.4MMU Special-Purpose Registers
Table 8-2 summarizes the registers that the operating system uses to program the MMU. These registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode only.
Table 8-2 does not show two configuration registers that are implemented if implementation implements configuration registers. DMMUCFGR and IMMUCFGR describe capability of DMMU and IMMU.
Grp # |
Reg # |
Reg Name |
USER |
SUPV |
Description |
1 |
0 |
DMMUCR |
– |
R/W |
Data MMU Control register |
1 |
1 |
DMMUPR |
– |
R/W |
Data MMU Protection Register |
1 |
2 |
DTLBEIR |
– |
W |
Data TLB Entry Invalidate register |
1 |
4-7 |
DATBMR0-DATBMR3 |
– |
R/W |
Data ATB Match registers |
1 |
8-11 |
DATBTR0-DATBTR3 |
– |
R/W |
Data ATB Translate registers |
1 |
512-639 |
DTLBW0MR0-DTLBW0MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 0 |
1 |
640-767 |
DTLBW0TR0-DTLBW0TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 0 |
1 |
768-895 |
DTLBW1MR0-DTLBW1MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 1 |
1 |
896-1023 |
DTLBW1TR0-DTLBW1TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 1 |
1 |
1024-1151 |
DTLBW2MR0-DTLBW2MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 2 |
1 |
1152-1279 |
DTLBW2TR0-DTLBW2TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 2 |
1 |
1280-1407 |
DTLBW3MR0-DTLBW3MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Match registers Way 3 |
1 |
1408-1535 |
DTLBW3TR0-DTLBW3TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Data TLB Translate registers Way 3 |
2 |
0 |
IMMUCR |
– |
R/W |
Instruction MMU Control register |
2 |
1 |
IMMUPR |
– |
R/W |
Instruction MMU Protection Register |
2 |
2 |
ITLBEIR |
– |
W |
Instruction TLB Entry Invalidate register |
2 |
4-7 |
IATBMR0-IATBMR3 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction ATB Match registers |
2 |
8-11 |
IATBTR0-IATBTR3 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction ATB Translate registers |
2 |
512-639 |
ITLBW0MR0-ITLBW0MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 0 |
2 |
640-767 |
ITLBW0TR0-ITLBW0TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 0 |
2 |
768-895 |
ITLBW1MR0-ITLBW1MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 1 |
2 |
896-1023 |
ITLBW1TR0-ITLBW1TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 1 |
2 |
1024-1151 |
ITLBW2MR0-ITLBW2MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 2 |
2 |
1152-1279 |
ITLBW2TR0- ITLBW2TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 2 |
2 |
1280-1407 |
ITLBW3MR0-ITLBW3MR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Match registers Way 3 |
2 |
1408-1535 |
ITLBW3TR0-ITLBW3TR127 |
– |
R/W |
Instruction TLB Translate registers Way 3 |
Table 8-2. List of MMU Special-Purpose Registers
As TLBs are noncoherent caches of PTEs, software that changes the page tables in any way must perform the appropriate TLB invalidate operations to keep the on-chip TLBs coherent with respect to the page tables in memory.
8.4.1Data MMU Control Register (DMMUCR)
The DMMUCR is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It provides general control of the DMMU.
Bit |
31-10 |
9-1 |
0 |
Identifier |
PTBP |
Reserved |
DTF |
Reset |
0 |
X |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
DTF |
DTLB Flush 0 DTLB ready for operation 1 DTLB flush request/status |
PTBP |
Page Table Base Pointer N 22-bit pointer to the base of page directory/table |
Table 8-3. DMMUCR Field Descriptions
The PTBP field in the DMMUCR is required only in implementations with hardware PTE reload support. Implementations that use software TLB reload are not required to implement this field because the page table base pointer is stored in a TLB miss exception handler’s variable.
The DTF is optional and when implemented it flushes entire DTLB.
8.4.2Data MMU Protection Register (DMMUPR)
The DMMUPR is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It defines 7 protection groups indexed by PPI fields in PTEs.
Bit |
31-28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
UWE7 |
URE7 |
SWE7 |
SRE7 |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
18 |
17 |
16 |
Identifier |
UWE6 |
URE6 |
SWE6 |
SRE6 |
UWE5 |
URE5 |
SWE5 |
SRE5 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
UWE4 |
URE4 |
SWE4 |
SRE4 |
UWE3 |
URE3 |
SWE3 |
SRE3 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
UWE2 |
URE2 |
SWE2 |
SRE2 |
UWE1 |
URE1 |
SWE1 |
SRE1 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
SREx |
Supervisor Read Enable x 0 Load operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Load operation in supervisor mode permitted |
SWEx |
Supervisor Write Enable x 0 Store operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Store operation in supervisor mode permitted |
UREx |
User Read Enable x 0 Load operation in user mode not permitted 1 Load operation in user mode permitted |
UWEx |
User Write Enable x 0 Store operation in user mode not permitted 1 Store operation in user mode permitted |
Table 8-4. DMMUPR Field Descriptions
A DMMUPR is required only in implementations with hardware PTE reload support. Implementations that use software TLB reload are not required to implement this register; instead a TLB miss handler should have a software variable as replacement for the DMMUPR and it should do a software look-up operation and set DTLBWyTRx protection bits accordingly.
8.4.3Instruction MMU Control Register (IMMUCR)
The IMMUCR is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It provides general control of the IMMU.
Bit |
31-10 |
9-1 |
0 |
Identifier |
PTBP |
Reserved |
ITF |
Reset |
0 |
X |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
ITF |
ITLB Flush 0 ITLB ready for operation 1 ITLB flush request/status |
PTBP |
Page Table Base Pointer N 22-bit pointer to the base of page directory/table |
Table 8-5. IMMUCR Field Descriptions
The PTBP field in xMMUCR is required only in implementations with hardware PTE reload support. Implementations that use software TLB reload are not required to implement this field because the page table base pointer is stored in a TLB miss exception handler’s variable.
The ITF is optional and when implemented it flushes entire ITLB.
8.4.4Instruction MMU Protection Register (IMMUPR)
The IMMUP register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It defines 7 protection groups indexed by PPI fields in PTEs.
Bit |
31-14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
UXE7 |
SXE7 |
UXE6 |
SXE6 |
UXE5 |
SXE5 |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
UXE4 |
SXE4 |
UXE3 |
SXE3 |
UXE2 |
SXE2 |
UXE1 |
SXE1 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
SXEx |
Supervisor Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch in supervisor mode permitted |
UXEx |
User Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch in user mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch in user mode permitted |
Table 8-6. IMMUPR Field Descriptions
The IMMUPR is required only in implementations with hardware PTE reload support. Implementations that use software TLB reload are not required to implement this register; instead the TLB miss handler should have a software variable as replacement for the IMMUPR register and it should do a software look-up operation and set ITLBWyTRx protection bits accordingly.
8.4.5Instruction/Data TLB Entry Invalidate Registers
(xTLBEIR)
The instruction/data TLB entry invalidate registers are special-purpose registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. They are 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementation.
The xTLBEIR is written with the effective address. The corresponding xTLB entry is invalidated in the local processor.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets TLB entry inside TLB |
Table 8-7. xTLBEIR Field Descriptions
8.4.6Instruction/Data Translation Lookaside Buffer
Way y Match
Registers
(xTLBWyMR0-xTLBWyMR127)
The xTLBWyMR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the xTLBWyTR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during instruction fetch or load/store operation, and the SR[CID] field. xTLBWyMR registers hold a tag that is compared with the current virtual address generated by the CPU core. Together with the xTLBWyTR registers and match logic they form a core part of the xMMU.
Bit |
31-13 |
Identifier |
VPN |
Reset |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
12-8 |
7-6 |
5-2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
LRU |
CID |
PL1 |
V |
Reset |
X |
0 |
X |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
V |
Valid 0 TLB entry invalid 1 TLB entry valid |
PL1 |
Page Level 1 0 Page level is 2 1 Page level is 1 |
CID |
Context ID 0-15 TLB entry translates for CID |
LRU |
Last Recently used 0-3 Index in LRU queue (lower the number, more recent access) |
VPN |
Virtual Page Number 0-N Number of the virtual frame that must match EA |
Table 8-8. xTLBMR Field Descriptions
The CID bits can be hardwired to zero if the implementation does not support fast context switching and SR[CID] bits.
8.4.7Data Translation Lookaside Buffer Way y
Translate
Registers
(DTLBWyTR0-DTLBWyTR127)
The DTLBWyTR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the DTLBWyMR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during a load/store operation, and the SR[CID] field. Together with the DTLBWyMR registers and match logic they form a core of the DMMU.
Bit |
31-13 |
12-10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
Identifier |
PPN |
Reserved |
SWE |
SRE |
UWE |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
URE |
D |
A |
WOM |
WBC |
CI |
CC |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CC |
Cache Coherency 0 Data cache coherency is not enforced for this page 1 Data cache coherency is enforced for this page |
CI |
Cache Inhibit 0 Cache is enabled for this page 1 Cache is disabled for this page |
WBC |
Write-Back Cache 0 Data cache uses write-through strategy for data from this page 1 Data cache uses write-back strategy for data from this page |
WOM |
Weakly-Ordered Memory 0 Strongly-ordered memory model for this page 1 Weakly-ordered memory model for this page |
A |
Accessed 0 Page was not accessed 1 Page was accessed |
D |
Dirty 0 Page was not modified 1 Page was modified |
URE |
User Read Enable x 0 Load operation in user mode not permitted 1 Load operation in user mode permitted |
UWE |
User Write Enable x 0 Store operation in user mode not permitted 1 Store operation in user mode permitted |
SRE |
Supervisor Read Enable x 0 Load operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Load operation in supervisor mode permitted |
SWE |
Supervisor Write Enable x 0 Store operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Store operation in supervisor mode permitted |
PPN |
Physical Page Number 0-N Number of the physical frame in memory |
Table 8-9. DTLBTR Field Descriptions
8.4.8Instruction Translation Lookaside Buffer Way y
Translate
Registers
(ITLBWyTR0-ITLBWyTR127)
The ITLBWyTR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the ITLBWyMR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during an instruction fetch operation, and the SR[CID] field. Together with the ITLBWyMR registers and match logic they form a core part of the IMMU.
Bit |
31-13 |
12-8 |
7 |
Identifier |
PPN |
Reserved |
UXE |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
SXE |
D |
A |
WOM |
WBC |
CI |
CC |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CC |
Cache Coherency 0 Data cache coherency is not enforced for this page 1 Data cache coherency is enforced for this page |
CI |
Cache Inhibit 0 Cache is enabled for this page 1 Cache is disabled for this page |
WBC |
Write-Back Cache 0 Data cache uses write-through strategy for data from this page 1 Data cache uses write-back strategy for data from this page |
WOM |
Weakly-Ordered Memory 0 Strongly-ordered memory model for this page 1 Weakly-ordered memory model for this page |
A |
Accessed 0 Page was not accessed 1 Page was accessed |
D |
Dirty 0 Page was not modified 1 Page was modified |
SXE |
Supervisor Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch operation in supervisor mode permitted |
UXE |
User Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch operation in user mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch operation in user mode permitted |
PPN |
Physical Page Number 0-N Number of the physical frame in memory |
Table 8-10. ITLBWyTR Field Descriptions
8.4.9Instruction/Data Area Translation Buffer Match
Registers
(xATBMR0-xATBMR3)
The xATBMR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the xATBTR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address of large address space areas. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during an instruction fetch or load/store operation, and the SR[CID] field. xATBMR registers hold a tag that is compared with the current virtual address generated by the CPU core. Together with the xATBTR registers and match logic they form a core part of the xMMU.
Bit |
31-10 |
Identifier |
VPN |
Reset |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
9-5 |
5 |
4-1 |
0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
PS |
CID |
V |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
V |
Valid 0 TLB entry invalid 1 TLB entry valid |
CID |
Context ID 0-15 TLB entry translates for CID |
PS |
Page Size 0 16 Mbyte page 1 32 Gbyte page |
VPN |
Virtual Page Number 0-N Number of the virtual frame that must match EA |
Table 8-11. xATBMR Field Descriptions
The CID bits can be hardwired to zero if the implementation does not support fast context switching and SR[CID] bits.
8.4.10Data Area Translation Buffer Translate
Registers
(DATBTR0-DATBTR3)
The DATBTR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the DATBMR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during a load/store operation, and the SR[CID] field. Together with the DATBMR registers and match logic they form a core part of the DMMU.
Bit |
31-10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
Identifier |
PPN |
UWE |
URE |
SWE |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
SRE |
D |
A |
WOM |
WBC |
CI |
CC |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CC |
Cache Coherency 0 Data cache coherency is not enforced for this page 1 Data cache coherency is enforced for this page |
CI |
Cache Inhibit 0 Cache is enabled for this page 1 Cache is disabled for this page |
WBC |
Write-Back Cache 0 Data cache uses write-through strategy for data from this page 1 Data cache uses write-back strategy for data from this page |
WOM |
Weakly-Ordered Memory 0 Strongly-ordered memory model for this page 1 Weakly-ordered memory model for this page |
A |
Accessed 0 Page was not accessed 1 Page was accessed |
D |
Dirty 0 Page was not modified 1 Page was modified |
SRE |
Supervisor Read Enable x 0 Load operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Load operation in supervisor mode permitted |
SWE |
Supervisor Write Enable x 0 Store operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Store operation in supervisor mode permitted |
URE |
User Read Enable x 0 Load operation in user mode not permitted 1 Load operation in user mode permitted |
UWE |
User Write Enable x 0 Store operation in user mode not permitted 1 Store operation in user mode permitted |
PPN |
Physical Page Number 0-N Number of the physical frame in memory |
Table 8-12. DATBTR Field Descriptions
8.4.11Instruction Area Translation Buffer Translate Registers (IATBTR0-IATBTR3)
The IATBTR registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
Together with the IATBMR registers they cache translation entries used for translating virtual to physical address. A virtual address is formed from the EA generated during an instruction fetch operation, and the SR[CID] field. Together with the IATBMR registers and match logic they form a core part of the IMMU.
Bit |
31-10 |
9-8 |
7 |
Identifier |
PPN |
Reserved |
UXE |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
SXE |
D |
A |
WOM |
WBC |
CI |
CC |
Reset |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CC |
Cache Coherency 0 Data cache coherency is not enforced for this page 1 Data cache coherency is enforced for this page |
CI |
Cache Inhibit 0 Cache is enabled for this page 1 Cache is disabled for this page |
WBC |
Write-Back Cache 0 Data cache uses write-through strategy for data from this page 1 Data cache uses write-back strategy for data from this page |
WOM |
Weakly-Ordered Memory 0 Strongly-ordered memory model for this page 1 Weakly-ordered memory model for this page |
A |
Accessed 0 Page was not accessed 1 Page was accessed |
D |
Dirty 0 Page was not modified 1 Page was modified |
SXE |
Supervisor Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch operation in supervisor mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch operation in supervisor mode permitted |
UXE |
User Execute Enable x 0 Instruction fetch operation in user mode not permitted 1 Instruction fetch operation in user mode permitted |
PPN |
Physical Page Number 0-N Number of the physical frame in memory |
Table 8-13. IATBTR Field Descriptions
8.5Address Translation Mechanism in 32-bit Implementations
Memory in an OpenRISC 1000 implementation with 32-bit effective addresses (EA) is divided into level 1 and level 2 pages. Translation is therefore based on two-level page table. However for virtual memory areas that do not need the smallest 8KB page granularity, only one level can be used.
Figure 8-2. Memory Divided Into L1 and L2 pages
The first step in page address translation is to append the current SR[CID] bits as most significant bits to the 32-bit effective address, combining them into a 36-bit virtual address. This virtual address is then used to locate the correct page table entry (PTE) in the page tables in the memory. The physical page number is then extracted from the PTE and used in the physical address. Note that for increased performance, most processors implement on-chip translation lookaside buffers (TLBs) to cache copies of the recently-used PTEs.
Figure 8-3. Address Translation Mechanism using Two-Level Page Table
Figure 8-3 shows an overview of the two-level page table translation of a virtual address to a physical address:
Bits 35..32 of the virtual address select the page tables for the current context (process)
Bits 31..24 of the virtual address correspond to the level 1 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L1 page index is used to index the L1 page directory and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L2 page index to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 23..13 of the virtual address correspond to the level 2 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L2 page index is used to index the L2 page table and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L1 page index to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 12..0 of the virtual address are the byte offset within the page; these are concatenated with the PPN field of the PTE to form the physical address used to access memory
The OpenRISC 1000 two-level page table translation also allows implementation of segments with only one level of translation. This greatly reduces memory requirements for the page tables since large areas of unused virtual address space can be covered only by level 1 PTEs.
Figure 8-4. Address Translation Mechanism using only L1 Page Table
Figure 8-4 shows an overview of the one-level page table translation of a virtual address to physical address:
Bits 35..32 of the virtual address select the page tables for the current context (process)
Bits 31..24 of the virtual address correspond to the level 1 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L1 page index is used to index the L1 page table and to retrieve the PTE from it, or to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 23..0 of the virtual address are the byte offset within the page; these are concatenated with the truncated PPN field of the PTE to form the physical address used to access memory
8.6Address Translation Mechanism in 64-bit Implementations
Memory in OpenRISC 1000 implementations with 64-bit effective addresses (EA) is divided into level 0, level 1 and level 2 pages. Translation is therefore based on three-level page table. However for virtual memory areas that do not need the smallest page granularity of 8KB, two level translation can be used.
Figure 8-5. Memory Divided Into L0, L1 and L2 pages
The first step in page address translation is truncation of the 64-bit effective address into a 46-bit address. Then the current SR[CID] bits are appended as most significant bits. The 50-bit virtual address thus formed is then used to locate the correct page table entry (PTE) in the page tables in the memory. The physical page number is then extracted from the PTE and used in the physical address. Note that for increased performance, most processors implement on-chip translation lookaside buffers (TLBs) to cache copies of the recently-used PTEs.
Figure 8-6. Address Translation Mechanism using Three-Level Page Table
Figure 8-6 shows an overview of the three-level page table translation of a virtual address to physical address:
Bits 49..46 of the virtual address select the page tables for the current context (process)
Bits 45..35 of the virtual address correspond to the level 0 page number within current context’s virtual space. The L0 page index is used to index the L0 page directory and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L1 and L2 page indexes to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 34..24 of the virtual address correspond to the level 1 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L1 page index is used to index the L1 page directory and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L0 and L2 page indexes to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 23..13 of the virtual address correspond to the level 2 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L2 page index is used to index the L2 page table and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L0 and L1 page indexes to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 12..0 of the virtual address are the byte offset within the page; these are concatenated with the truncated PPN field of the PTE to form the physical address used to access memory
The OpenRISC 1000 three-level page table translation also allows implementation of large segments with two levels of translation. This greatly reduces memory requirements for the page tables since large areas of unused virtual address space can be covered only by level 1 PTEs.
Figure 8-7. Address Translation Mechanism using Two-Level Page Table
Figure 8-7 shows an overview of the two-level page table translation of a virtual address to physical address:
Bits 49..46 of the virtual address select the page tables for the current context (process)
Bits 45..35 of the virtual address correspond to the level 0 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L0 page index is used to index the L0 page directory and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L1 page index to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 34..24 of the virtual address correspond to the level 1 page number within the current context’s virtual space. The L1 page index is used to index the L1 page table and to retrieve the PTE from it, or together with the L0 page index to match for the PTE in on-chip TLBs.
Bits 23..0 of the virtual address are the byte offset within the page; these are concatenated with the truncated PPN field of the PTE to form the physical address used to access memory
8.7Memory Protection Mechanism
After a virtual address is determined to be within a page covered by the valid PTE, the access is validated by the memory protection mechanism. If this protection mechanism prohibits the access, a page fault exception is generated.
The memory protection mechanism allows selectively granting read access, write access or execute access for both supervisor and user modes. The page protection mechanism provides protection at all page level granularities.
Protection attribute |
Meaning |
DMMUPR[SREx] |
Enable load operations in supervisor mode to the page. |
DMMUPR[SWEx] |
Enable store operations in supervisor mode to the page. |
IMMUPR[SXEx] |
Enable execution in supervisor mode of the page. |
DMMUPR[UREx] |
Enable load operations in user mode to the page. |
DMMUPR[UWEx] |
Enable store operations in user mode to the page. |
IMMUPR[UXEx] |
Enable execution in user mode of the page. |
Table 8-14. Protection Attributes
Table 8-14 lists page protection attributes defined in MMU protection registers. For the individual page the appropriate strategy out of seven possible strategies programmed in MMU protection registers is selected with the PPI field of the PTE.
In OpenRISC 1000 processors that do not implement TLB/ATB reload in hardware, protection registers are not needed.
Figure 8-8. Selection of Page Protection Attributes for Data Accesses
Figure 8-9. Selection of Page Protection Attributes for Instruction Fetch Accesses
8.8Page Table Entry Definition
Page table entries (PTEs) are generated and placed in page tables in memory by the operating system. A PTE is 32 bits wide and is the same for 32-bit and 64-bit OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations.
A PTE translates a virtual memory area into a physical memory area. How much virtual memory is translated depends on which level the PTE resides. PTEs are either in page directories with L bit zeroed or in page tables with L bit set. PTEs in page directories point to next level page directory or to final page table that containts PTEs for actual address translation.
Figure 8-10. Page Table Entry Format
CC |
Cache Coherency 0 Data cache coherency is not enforced for this page 1 Data cache coherency is enforced for this page |
CI |
Cache Inhibit 0 Cache is enabled for this page 1 Cache is disabled for this page |
WBC |
Write-Back Cache 0 Data cache uses write-through strategy for data from this page 1 Data cache uses write-back strategy for data from this page |
WOM |
Weakly-Ordered Memory 0 Strongly-ordered memory model for this page 1 Weakly-ordered memory model for this page |
A |
Accessed 0 Page was not accessed 1 Page was accessed |
D |
Dirty 0 Page was not modified 1 Page was modified |
PPI |
Page Protection Index 0 PTE is invalid 1-7 Selects a group of six bits from a set of seven protection attribute groups in xMMUCR |
L |
Last 0 PTE from page directory pointing to next page directory/table 1 Last PTE in a linked form of PTEs (describing the actual page) |
PPN |
Physical Page Number 0-N Number of the physical frame in memory |
Table 8-15. PTE Field Descriptions
8.9Page Table Search Operation
An implementation may choose to implement the page table search operation in either hardware or software. For all page table search operations data addresses are untranslated (i.e. the effective and physical base address of the page table are the same).
When implemented in software, two TLB miss exceptions are used to handle TLB reload operations. Also, the software is responsible for maintaining accessed and dirty bits in the page tables.
8.10Page History Recording
The accessed (A) and dirty (D) bits reside in each PTE and keep information about the history of the page. The operating system uses this information to determine which areas of the main memory to swap to the disk and which areas of the memory to load back to the main memory (demand-paging).
The accessed (A) bit resides both in the PTE in page table and in the copy of PTE in the TLB. Each time the page is accessed by a load, store or instruction fetch operation, the accessed bit is set.
If the TLB reload is performed in software, then the software must also write back the accessed bit from the TLB to the page table.
In cases when access operation to the page fails, it is not defined whether the accessed bit should be set or not. Since the accessed bit is merely a hint to the operating system, it is up to the implementation to decide.
It is up to the operating system to determine when to explicitly clear the accessed bit for a given page.
The dirty (D) bit resides in both the PTE in page table and in the copy of PTE in the TLB. Each time the page is modified by a store operation, the dirty bit is set.
If TLB reload is performed in software, then the software must also write back the dirty bit from the TLB to the page table.
In cases when access operation to the page fails, it is not defined whether the dirty bit should be set or not. Since the dirty bit is merely a hint to the operating system, it is up to the implementation to decide. However implementation or TLB reload software must check whether page is actually writable before setting the dirty bit.
It is up to the operating system to determine when to explicitly clear the dirty bit for a given page.
8.11Page Table Updates
Updates to the page tables include operations like adding a PTE, deleting a PTE and modifying a PTE. On multiprocessor systems exclusive access to the page table must be assured before it is modified.
TLBs are noncoherent caches of the page tables and must be maintained accordingly. Explicit software syncronization between TLB and page tables is required so that page tables and TLBs remain coherent.
Since the processor reloads PTEs even during updates of the page table, special care must be taken when updating page tables so that the processor does not accidently use half modified page table entries.
9Cache Model & Cache Coherency
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 cache model and architectural control to maintain cache coherency in multiprocessor environment.
Note that this chapter describes the cache model and cache coherency mechanism from the perspective of the programming model. As such, it describes the cache management principles, the cache coherency mechanisms and the cache control registers. The hardware implementation details that are invisible to the OpenRISC 1000 programming model, such as cache organization and size, are not contained in the architectural definition.
The function of the cache management registers depends on the implementation of the cache(s) and the setting of the memory/cache access attributes. For a program to execute properly on all OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations, software should assume a Harvard cache model. In cases where a processor is implemented without a cache, the architecture guarantees that writing to cache registers will not halt execution. For example a processor without cache should simply ignore writes to cache management registers. A processor with a Stanford cache model should simply ignore writes to instruction cache management registers. In this manner, programs written for separate instruction and data caches will run on all compliant implementations.
9.1Cache Special-Purpose Registers
Table 9-1 summarizes the registers that the operating system uses to manage the cache(s).
For implementations that have unified cache, registers that control the data and instruction caches are merged and available at the same time both as data and intruction cache registers.
GRP # |
REG # |
REG NAME |
USER |
SUPV |
DESCRIPTION |
3 |
0 |
DCCR |
– |
R/W |
Data Cache Control Register |
3 |
1 |
DCBPR |
W |
W |
Data Cache Block Prefetch Register |
3 |
2 |
DCBFR |
W |
W |
Data Cache Block Flush Register |
3 |
3 |
DCBIR |
– |
W |
Data Cache Block Invalidate Register |
3 |
4 |
DCBWR |
W |
W |
Data Cache Block Write-back Register |
3 |
5 |
DCBLR |
- |
W |
Data Cache Block Lock Register |
4 |
0 |
ICCR |
– |
R/W |
Instruction Cache Control Register |
4 |
1 |
ICBPR |
W |
W |
Instruction Cache Block PreFetch Register |
4 |
2 |
ICBIR |
W |
W |
Instruction Cache Block Invalidate Register |
4 |
3 |
ICBLR |
- |
W |
Instruction Cache Block Lock Register |
Table 9-1. Cache Registers
9.1.1Data Cache Control Register
The data cache control register is a 32-bit special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DCCR controls the operation of the data cache.
Bit |
31-8 |
7-0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
EW |
Reset |
X |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
EW |
Enable Ways 0000 0000 All ways disabled/locked … 1111 1111 All ways enabled/unlocked |
Table 9-2. DCCR Field Descriptions
If data cache does not implement way locking, the DCCR is not required to be implemented.
9.1.2Instruction Cache Control Register
The instruction cache control register is a 32-bit special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The ICCR controls the operation of the instruction cache.
Bit |
31-8 |
7-0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
EW |
Reset |
X |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
EW |
Enable Ways 0000 0000 All ways disabled/locked … 1111 1111 All ways enabled/unlocked |
Table 9-3. ICCR Field Descriptions
If the instruction cache does not implement way locking, the ICCR is not required to be implemented.
9.2Cache Management
This section describes special-purpose cache management registers for both data and instruction caches.
Memory accesses caused by cache management are not recorded (unlike load or store instructions) and cannot invoke any exception.
Instruction caches do not need to be coherent with the memory or caches of other processors. Software must make the instruction cache coherent with modified instructions in the memory. A typical way to accomplish this is:
Data cache block write-back (update of the memory)
l.csync (wait for update to finish)
Instruction cache block invalidate (clear instruction cache block)
Flush pipeline
9.2.1Data Cache Block Prefetch (Optional)
The data cache block prefetch register is an optional special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations. An implementation may choose not to implement this register and ignore all writes to this register.
The DCBPR is written with the effective address and the corresponding block from memory is prefetched into the cache. Memory accesses are not recorded (unlike load or store instructions) and cannot invoke any exception.
A data cache block prefetch is used strictly for improving performance.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-4. DCBPR Field Descriptions
9.2.2Data Cache Block Flush
The data cache block flush register is a special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
The DCBFR is written with the effective address. If coherency is required then the corresponding:
Unmodified data cache block is invalidated in all processors.
Modified data cache block is written back to the memory and invalidated in all processors.
Missing data cache block in the local processor causes that modified data cache block in other processor is written back to the memory and invalidated. If other processors have unmodified data cache block, it is just invalidated in all processors.
If coherency is not required then the corresponding:
Unmodified data cache block in the local processor is invalidated.
Modified data cache block is written back to the memory and invalidated in local processor.
Missing cache block in the local processor does not cause any action.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-5. DCBFR Field Descriptions
9.2.3Data Cache Block Invalidate
The data cache block invalidate register is a special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
The DCBIR is written with the effective address. If coherency is required then the corresponding:
Unmodified data cache block is invalidated in all processors.
Modified data cache block is invalidated in all processors.
Missing data cache block in the local processor causes that data cache blocks in other processors are invalidated.
If coherency is not required then corresponding:
Unmodified data cache block in the local processor is invalidated.
Modified data cache block in the local processor is invalidated.
Missing cache block in the local processor does not cause any action.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-6. DCBIR Field Descriptions
9.2.4Data Cache Block Write-Back
The data cache block write-back register is a special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
The DCBWR is written with the effective address. If coherency is required then the corresponding data cache block in any of the processors is written back to memory if it was modified. If coherency is not required then the corresponding data cache block in the local processor is written back to memory if it was modified.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-7. DCBWR Field Descriptions
9.2.5Data Cache Block Lock (Optional)
The data cache block lock register is an optional special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in a 32-bit implementation and 64 bits wide in a 64-bit implementation.
The DCBLR is written with the effective address. The corresponding data cache block in the local processor is locked.
If all blocks of the same set in all cache ways are locked, then the cache refill may automatically unlock the least-recently used block.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-8. DCBLR Field Descriptions
9.2.6Instruction Cache Block Prefetch (Optional)
The instruction cache block prefetch register is an optional special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations. An implementation may choose not to implement this register and ignore all writes to this register.
The ICBPR is written with the effective address and the corresponding block from memory is prefetched into the instruction cache.
Instruction cache block prefetch is used strictly for improving performance.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-9. ICBPR Field Descriptions
9.2.7Instruction Cache Block Invalidate
The instruction cache block invalidate register is a special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
The ICBIR is written with the effective address. If coherency is required then the corresponding instruction cache blocks in all processors are invalidated. If coherency is not required then the corresponding instruction cache block is invalidated in the local processor.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-10. ICBIR Field Descriptions
9.2.8Instruction Cache Block Lock (Optional)
The instruction cache block lock register is an optional special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in both user and supervisor modes. It is 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
The ICBLR is written with the effective address. The corresponding instruction cache block in the local processor is locked.
If all blocks of the same set in all cache ways are locked, then the cache refill may automatically unlock the least-recently used block.
Missing cache block in the local processor does not cause any action.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
EA |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
Write Only |
EA |
Effective Address EA that targets byte inside cache block |
Table 9-11. ICBLR Field Descriptions
9.3Cache/Memory Coherency
The primary role of the cache coherency system is to synchronize cache content with other caches and with the memory and to provide the same image of the memory to all devices using the memory.
The architecture provides several features to implement cache coherency. In systems that do not provide cache coherency with the PTE attributes (because they do not implement a memory management unit), it may be provided through explicit cache management.
Cache coherency in systems with virtual memory can be provided on a page-by-page basis with PTE attributes. The attributes are:
Cache Coherent (CC Attribute)
Caching-Inhibited (CI Attribute)
Write-Back Cache (WBC Attribute)
When the memory/cache attributes are changed, it is imperative that the cache contents should reflect the new attribute settings. This usually means that cache blocks must be flushed or invalidated.
9.3.1Pages Designated as Cache Coherent Pages
This attribute improves performance of the systems where cache coherency is performed with hardware and is relatively slow. Memory pages that do not need cache coherency are marked with CC=0 and only memory pages that need cache coherency are marked with CC=1. When an access to shared resource is made, the local processor will assert some kind of cache coherency signal and other processors will respond if they have a copy of the target location in their caches.
To improve performance of uniprocessor systems, memory pages should not be designated as CC=1.
9.3.2Pages Designated as Caching-Inhibited Pages
Memory accesses to memory pages designated with CI=1 are always performed directly into the main memory, bypassing all caches. Memory pages designated with CI=1 are not loaded into the cache and the target content should never be available in the cache. To prevent any accident copy of the target location in the cache, whenever the operating system sets a memory page to be caching-inhibited, it should flush the corresponding cache blocks.
Multiple accesses may be merged into combined accesses except when individual accesses are separated by l.msync or l.csync or l.psync.
9.3.3Pages Designated as Write-Back Cache Pages
Store accesses to memory pages designated with WBC=0 are performed both in data cache and memory. If a system uses multilevel hierarchy caches, a store must be performed to at least the depth in the memory hierarchy seen by other processors and devices.
Multiple stores may be merged into combined stores except when individual stores are separated by l.msync or l.sync or l.psync. A store operation may cause any part of the cache block to be written back to main memory.
Store accesses to memory pages designated with WBC=1 are performed only to the local data cache. Data from the local data cache can be copied to other caches and to main memory when copy-back operation is required. WBC=1 improves system performance, however it requires cache snooping hardware support in data cache controllers to gurantee cache coherency.
10Debug Unit (Optional)
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 debug facility. The debug unit assists software developers in debugging their systems. It provides support for watchpoints, breakpoints and program-flow control registers.
Watchpoints and breakpoint are events triggered by program- or data-flow matching the conditions programmed in the debug registers. Watchpoints do not interfere with the execution of the program-flow except indirectly when they cause a breakpoint. Watchpoints can be counted by Performance Counters Unit.
Breakpoint, unlike watchpoints, also suspends execution of the current program-flow and start trap exception processing. Breakpoint is optional consequence of watchpoints.
10.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines eight sets of debug registers. Additional debug register sets can be defined by the implementation itself. The debug unit is optional and the presence of an implementation is indicated by the UPR[DUP] bit.
Optional implementation
Eight architecture defined sets of debug value/compare registers
Match signed/unsigned conditions on instruction fetch EA, load/store EA and load/store data
Combining match conditions for complex watchpoints
Watchpoints can be counted by Performance Counters Unit
Watchpoints can generate a breakpoint (trap exception)
Counting watchpoints for generation of additional watchpoints
DVR/DCR pairs are used to compare instruction fetch or load/store EA and load/store data to the value stored in DVRs. Matches can be combined into more complex matches and used for generation of watchpoints. Watchpoints can be counted and reported as breakpoint.
Figure 10-1. Block Diagram of Debug Support
10.2Debug Value Registers (DVR0-DVR7)
The debug value registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DVRs are programmed with the watchpoint addresses or data by the resident debug software or by the development interface. Their value is compared to the fetch or load/store EA or to the load/store data according to the corresponding DCR. Based on the settings of the corresponding DCR a watchpoint is generated.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
VALUE |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
VALUE |
Watchpoint/Breakpoint Address/Data |
Table 10-1. DVR Field Descriptions
10.3Debug Control Registers (DCR0-DCR7)
The debug control registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DCRs are programmed with the watchpoint settings that define how DVRs are compared to the instruction fetch or load/store EA or to the load/store data.
Bit |
31-8 |
7-5 |
4 |
3-1 |
0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
CT |
SC |
CC |
DP |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
DP |
DVR/DCR Present 0 Corresponding DVR/DCR pair is not present 1 Corresponding DVR/DCR pair is present |
CC |
Compare Condition 000 Masked 001 Equal 010 Less than 011 Less than or equal 100 Greater than 101 Greater than or equal 110 Not equal 111 Reserved |
SC |
Signed Comparison 0 Compare using unsigned integers 1 Compare using signed integers |
CT |
Compare To 000 Comparison disabled 001 Instruction fetch EA 010 Load EA 011 Store EA 100 Load data 101 Store data 110 Load/Store EA 111 Load/Store data |
Table 10-2. DCR Field Descriptions
10.4Debug Mode Register 1 (DMR1)
The debug mode register 1 is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DMR1 is programmed with the watchpoint/breakpoint settings that define how DVR/DCR pairs operate and is set by the resident debug software or by the development interface.
Bit |
31-25 |
23 |
22 |
21-20 |
19-18 |
17-16 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
BT |
ST |
Res |
CW9 |
CW8 |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
15-14 |
13-12 |
11-10 |
9-8 |
7-6 |
5-4 |
3-2 |
1-0 |
Identifier |
CW7 |
CW6 |
CW5 |
CW4 |
CW3 |
CW2 |
CW1 |
CW0 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CW0 |
Chain Watchpoint 0 00 Watchpoint 0 = Match 0 01 Watchpoint 0 = Match 0 & External Watchpoint 10 Watchpoint 0 = Match 0 | External Watchpoint 11 Reserved |
CW1 |
Chain Watchpoint 1 00 Watchpoint 1 = Match 1 01 Watchpoint 1 = Match 1 & Watchpoint 0 10 Watchpoint 1 = Match 1 | Watchpoint 0 11 Reserved |
CW2 |
Chain Watchpoint 2 00 Watchpoint 2 = Match 2 01 Watchpoint 2 = Match 2 & Watchpoint 1 10 Watchpoint 2 = Match 2 | Watchpoint 1 11 Reserved |
CW3 |
Chain Watchpoint 3 00 Watchpoint 3 = Match 3 01 Watchpoint 3 = Match 3 & Watchpoint 2 10 Watchpoint 3 = Match 3 | Watchpoint 2 11 Reserved |
CW4 |
Chain Watchpoint 4 00 Watchpoint 4 = Match 4 01 Watchpoint 4 = Match 4 & External Watchpoint 10 Watchpoint 4 = Match 4 | External Watchpoint 11 Reserved |
CW5 |
Chain Watchpoint 5 00 Watchpoint 5 = Match 5 01 Watchpoint 5 = Match 5 & Watchpoint 4 10 Watchpoint 5 = Match 5 | Watchpoint 4 11 Reserved |
CW6 |
Chain Watchpoint 6 00 Watchpoint 6 = Match 6 01 Watchpoint 6 = Match 6 & Watchpoint 5 10 Watchpoint 6 = Match 6 | Watchpoint 5 11 Reserved |
CW7 |
Chain Watchpoint 7 00 Watchpoint 7 = Match 7 01 Watchpoint 7 = Match 7 & Watchpoint 6 10 Watchpoint 7 = Match 7 | Watchpoint 6 11 Reserved |
CW8 |
Chain Watchpoint 8 00 Watchpoint 8 = Watchpoint counter 0 match 01 Watchpoint 8 = Watchpoint counter 0 match & Watchpoint 3 10 Watchpoint 8 = Watchpoint counter 0 match | Watchpoint 3 11 Reserved |
CW9 |
Chain Watchpoint 9 00 Watchpoint 9 = Watchpoint counter 1 match 01 Watchpoint 9 = Watchpoint counter 1 match & Watchpoint 7 10 Watchpoint 9 = Watchpoint counter 1 match | Watchpoint 7 11 Reserved |
ST |
Single-step Trace 0 Single-step trace disabled 1 Every executed instruction causes trap exception |
BT |
Branch Trace 0 Branch trace disabled 1 Every executed branch instruction causes trap exception |
Table 10-3. DMR1 Field Descriptions
10.5Debug Mode Register 2(DMR2)
The debug mode register 2 is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DMR2 is programmed with the watchpoint/breakpoint settings that define which watchpoints generate a breakpoint and which watchpoint counters are enabled. When a breakpoint happens WBS provides information which watchpoint or several watchpoints caused breakpoint condition. WBS bits are sticky and should be cleared by writing 0 ot them every time a breakpoint condition is processed. DMR2 is set by the resident debug software or by the development interface.
Bit |
31-22 |
21-12 |
11-2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
WBS |
WGB |
AWTC |
WCE1 |
WCE0 |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
WCE0 |
Watchpoint Counter Enable 0 0 Counter 0 disabled 1 Counter 0 enabled |
WCE1 |
Watchpoint Counter Enable 1 0 Counter 1 disabled 1 Counter 1 enabled |
AWTC |
Assign Watchpoints to Counter 00 0000 0000 All Watchpoints increment counter 0 00 0000 0001 Watchpoint 0 increments counter 1 … 00 0000 1111 First four watchpoints increment counter 1, rest increment counter 0 … 11 1111 1111 All watchpoints increment counter 1 |
WGB |
Watchpoints Generating Breakpoint (trap exception) 00 0000 0000 Breakpoint disabled 00 0000 0001 Watchpoint 0 generates breakpoint … 01 0000 0000 Watchpoint counter 0 generates breakpoint … 11 1111 1111 All watchpoints generate breakpoint |
WBS |
Watchpoints Breakpoint Status 00 0000 0000 No watchpoint caused breakpoint 00 0000 0001 Watchpoint 0 caused breakpoint … 01 0000 0000 Watchpoint counter 0 caused breakpoint … 11 1111 1111 Any watchpoint could have caused breakpoint |
Table 10-4. DMR2 Field Descriptions
10.6Debug Watchpoint Counter Register (DWCR0-DWCR1)
The debug watchpoint counter registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DWCRs contain 16-bit counters that count watchpoints programmed in the DMR. The value in a DWCR can be accessed by the resident debug software or by the development interface. DWCRs also contain match values. When a counter reaches the match value, a watchpoint is generated.
Bit |
31-16 |
15-0 |
Identifier |
MATCH |
COUNT |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
COUNT |
Number of watchpoints programmed in DMR N 16-bit counter of generated watchpoints assigned to this counter |
MATCH |
N 16-bit value that when matched generates a watchpoint |
Table 10-5. DWCR Field Descriptions
10.7Debug Stop Register (DSR)
The debug stop register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DSR specifies which exceptions cause the core to stop the execution of the exception handler and turn over control to development interface. It can be programmed by the resident debug software or by the development interface.
Bit |
31-14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
TE |
FPE |
SCE |
RE |
IME |
DME |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
INTE |
IIE |
AE |
TTE |
IPFE |
DPFE |
BUSEE |
RSTE |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
RSTE |
Reset Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
BUSEE |
Bus Error Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
DPFE |
Data Page Fault Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
IPFE |
Instruction Page Fault Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
TTE |
Tick Timer Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
AE |
Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
IIE |
Illegal Instruction Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
INTE |
Interrupt Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
DME |
DTLB Miss Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
IME |
ITLB Miss Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
RE |
Range Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
SCE |
System Call Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
FPE |
Floating Point Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
TE |
Trap Exception 0 This exception does not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfers control to the development interface |
Table 10-6. DSR Field Descriptions
10.8Debug Reason Register (DRR)
The debug reason register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The DRR specifies which event caused the core to stop the execution of program flow and turned control over to the development interface. It should be cleared by the resident debug software or by the development interface.
Bit |
31-14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
TE |
FPE |
SCE |
RE |
IME |
DME |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
INTE |
IIE |
AE |
TTE |
IPFE |
DPFE |
BUSEE |
RSTE |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
RSTE |
Reset Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
BUSEE |
Bus Error Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
DPFE |
Data Page Fault Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
IPFE |
Instruction Page Fault Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
TTE |
Tick Timer Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
AE |
Alignment Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
IIE |
Illegal Instruction Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
INTE |
Interrupt Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
DME |
DTLB Miss Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
IME |
ITLB Miss Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
RE |
Range Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
SCE |
System Call Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transfered control to the development interface |
FPE |
Floating Point Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transferred control to the development interface |
TE |
Trap Exception 0 This exception did not transfer control to the development I/F 1 This exception transferred control to the development interface |
Table 10-7. DRR Field Descriptions
11Performance Counters Unit (Optional)
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 performance counters facility. Performance counters can be used to count predefined events such as L1 instruction or data cache misses, branch instructions, pipeline stalls etc.
Data from the Performance Counters Unit can be used for the following:
To improve performance by developing better application level algorithms, better optimized operating system routines and for improvements in the hardware architecture of these systems (e.g. memory subsystems).
To improve future OpenRISC implementations and add future enhancements to the OpenRISC architecture.
To help system developers debug and test their systems.
11.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines eight performance counters. Additional performance counters can be defined by the implementation itself. The Performance Counters Unit is optional and the presence of an implementation is indicated by the UPR[PCUP] bit.
Optional implementation.
Eight architecture defined performance counters
Eight custom performance counters
Programmable counting conditions.
11.2Performance Counters Count Registers (PCCR0-PCCR7)
The performance counters count registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode. Read access in user mode is possible, if it is enabled in SR[SUMRA].
They are counters of the events programmed in the PCMR registers.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
COUNT |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
COUNT |
Event counter |
Table 11-1. PCCR0 Field Descriptions
11.3Performance Counters Mode Registers (PCMR0-PCMR7)
The performance counters mode registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level registers accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
They define which events the performance counters unit counts.
Bit |
31-26 |
25-15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
WPE |
DDS |
ITLBM |
DTLBM |
BS |
LSUS |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
Read Only |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
IFS |
ICM |
DCM |
IF |
SA |
LA |
CIUM |
CISM |
Reserved |
CP |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
CP |
Counter Present 0 Counter not present 1 Counter present |
CISM |
Count in Supervisor Mode 0 Counter disabled in supervisor mode 1 Counter counts events in supervisor mode |
CIUM |
Count in User Mode 0 Counter disabled in user mode 1 Counter counts events in user mode |
LA |
Load Access event 0 Event ignored 1 Count load accesses |
SA |
Store Access event 0 Event ignored 1 Count store accesses |
IF |
Instruction Fetch event 0 Event ignored 1 Count instruction fetches |
DCM |
Data Cache Miss event 0 Event ignored 1 Count data cache missed |
ICM |
Instruction Cache Miss event 0 Event ignored 1 Count instruction cache misses |
IFS |
Instruction Fetch Stall event 0 Event ignored 1 Count instruction fetch stalls |
LSUS |
LSU Stall event 0 Event ignored 1 Count LSU stalls |
BS |
Branch Stalls event 0 Event ignored 1 Count branch stalls |
DTLBM |
DTLB Miss event 0 Event ignored 1 Count DTLB misses |
ITLBM |
ITLB Miss event 0 Event ignored 1 Count ITLB misses |
DDS |
Data Dependency Stalls event 0 Event ignored 1 Count data dependency stalls |
WPE |
Watchpoint Events 000 0000 0000 All watchpoint events ignored 000 0000 0001 Watchpoint 0 counted … 111 1111 1111 All watchpoints counted |
Table 11-2. PCMR Field Descriptions
12Power Management (Optional)
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 power management facility. The power management facility is optional and implementation may choose which features to implement, and which not. UPR[PMP] indicates whether power management is implemented or not.
Note that this chapter describes the architectural control of power management from the perspective of the programming model. As such, it does not describe technology specific optimizations or implementation techniques.
12.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines five architectural features for minimizing power consumption:
slow down feature
doze mode
sleep mode
suspend mode
dynamic clock gating feature
The slow down feature takes advantage of the low-power dividers in external clock generation circuitry to enable full functionality, but at a lower frequency so that power consumption is reduced.
The slow down feature is software controlled with the 4-bit value in PMR[SDF]. A lower value specifies higher expected performance from the processor core. Whether this value controls a processor clock frequency or some other implementation specific feature is irrelevant to the controlling software. Usually PMR[SDF] is dynamically set by the operating system’s idle routine, that monitors the usage of the processor core.
When software initiates the doze mode, software processing on the core suspends. The clocks to the processor internal units are disabled except to the internal tick timer and programmable interrupt controller. However other on-chip blocks (outside of the processor block) can continue to function as normal.
The processor should leave doze mode and enter normal mode when a pending interrupt occurs.
In sleep mode, all processor internal units are disabled and clocks gated. Optionally, an implementation may choose to lower the operating voltage of the processor core.
The processor should leave sleep mode and enter normal mode when a pending interrupt occurs.
In suspend mode, all processor internal units are disabled and clocks gated. Optionally, an implementation may choose to lower the operating voltage of the processor core.
The processor enters normal mode when it is reset. Software may implement a reset exception handler that refreshes system memory and updates the RISC with the state prior to the suspension.
If enabled, the clock-gating feature automatically disables clock subtrees to major processor internal units on a clock cycle basis. These blocks are usually the CPU, FPU/VU, IC, DC, IMMU and DMMU. This feature can be used in a combination with other power management features and low-power modes.
Cache or MMU blocks that are already disabled when software enables this feature, have completely disabled clock subtrees until clock gating is disabled or until the blocks are again enabled.
12.2Power Management Register (PMR)
The power management register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
PMR is used to enable or disable power management features and modes.
Bit |
31-7 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3-0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
SUME |
DCGE |
SME |
DME |
SDF |
Reset |
X |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
SDF |
Slow Down Factor 0 Full speed 1-15 Logarithmic clock frequency reduction |
DME |
Doze Mode Enable 0 Doze mode not enabled 1 Doze mode enabled |
SME |
Sleep Mode Enable 0 Sleep mode not enabled 1 Sleep mode enabled |
DCGE |
Dynamic Clock Gating Enable 0 Dynamic clock gating not enabled 1 Dynamic clock gating enabled |
SUME |
Suspend Mode Enable 0 Suspend mode not enabled 1 Suspend mode enabled |
Table 12-1. PMR Field Descriptions
13Programmable Interrupt Controller (Optional)
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 level one programmable interrupt controller. The interrupt controller facility is optional and an implementation may chose whether or not to implement it. If it is not implemented, interrupt input is directly connected to interrupt exception inputs. UPR[PICP] specifies whether the programmable interrupt controller is implemented or not.
The Programmable Interrupt Controller has two special-purpose registers and 32 maskable interrupt inputs. If implementation requires permanent unmasked interrupt inputs, it can use interrupt inputs [1:0] and PICMR[1:0] should be fixed to one.
13.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines an interrupt controller facility with up to 32 interrupt inputs:
Figure 13-1. Programmable Interrupt Controller Block Diagram
13.2PIC Mask Register (PICMR)
The interrupt controller mask register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
PICMR is used to mask or unmask 32 programmable interrupt sources.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
IUM |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
IUM |
Interrupt UnMask 0x00000000 All interrupts are masked 0x00000001 Interrupt input 0 is enabled, all others are masked … 0xFFFFFFFF All interrupt inputs are enabled |
Table 13-1. PICMR Field Descriptions
13.3PIC Status Register (PICSR)
The interrupt controller status register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
PICSR is used to determine the status of each PIC interrupt input. PIC can support level-triggered interrupts or combination of level-triggered and edge-triggered. Most implementations today only support level-triggered interrupts.
For level-triggered implementations bits in PICSR simply represent level of interrupt inputs. Interrupts are cleared by taking appropriate action at the device to negate the source of the interrupt.Writing a '1' or a '0' to bits in the PICSR that reflect a level-triggered source must have no effect on PICSR content.
The atomic way to clear an interrupt source which is edge-triggered is by writing a '1' to the corresponding bit in the PICSR. This will clear the underlying latch for the edge-triggered source. Writing a '0' to the corresponding bit in the PICSR has no effect on the underlying latch.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
IS |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/(W*) |
IS |
Interrupt Status 0x00000000 All interrupts are inactive 0x00000001 Interrupt input 0 is pending … 0xFFFFFFFF All interrupts are pending |
Table 13-2. PICSR Field Descriptions
14Tick Timer Facility (Optional)
This chapter describes the OpenRISC 1000 tick timer facility. It is optional and an implementation may chose whether or not to implement it. UPR[TTP] specifies whether or not the tick timer facility is present.
The Tick Timer is used to schedule operating system and user tasks on regular time basis or as a high precision time reference.
The Tick Timer facility is enabled with TTMR[M]. TTCR is incremented with each clock cycle and a tick timer interrupt can be asserted whenever the lower 28 bits of TTCR match TTMR[TP] and TTMR[IE] is set.
TTCR restarts counting from zero when a match event happens and TTMR[M] is 0x1. If TTMR[M] is 0x2, TTCR is stoped when match event happens and TTCR must be changed to start counting again. When TTMR[M] is 0x3, TTCR keeps counting even when match event happens.
14.1Features
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines a tick timer facility with the following features:
Maximum timer count of 2^32 clock cycles
Maximum time period of 2^28 clock cycles between interrupts
Maskable tick timer interrupt
Single run, restartable counter, or continues counter
Figure 14-1. Tick Timer Block Diagram
14.2Timer interrupts
A
timer interrupt will happen everytime TTMR[IE] bit is set and
TTMR[TP]
matches the lower 28-bits of the TTCR SPR, the top 4 bits
are ignored for the comparison. When an interrupt is pending the
TTMR[IP] bit will be set and the interrupt will be asserted to the
cpu core until it is cleared by writting a 0 to the TTMR[IP] bit.
However, if the TTMR[IE] bit was not set when a match condition
occured no interrupt will be asserted and the TTMR[IP] bit won't be
set unless it has not been cleared from a previous interrupt. The
TTMR[IE] bit is not meant as a mask bit, SR[TEE] is provided for that
purpose.
14.3Timer modes
It is up to the programmer to ensure that the TTCR SPR is set to a sane value before the timer mode is programmed. When the timing mode is programmed into the timer by setting TTMR[M], the TTCR SPR is not preset to any predefined value, including 0. If the lower 28-bits of the TTCR SPR is numerically greater than what was programmed into TTMR[TP] then the timer will only assert the timer interrupt when the lower 28-bits of the TTCR SPR have wrapped around to 0 and counted up to the match value programmed into TTMR[TP].
14.3.1Disabled timer
In
this mode the timer does not increment the TTCR spr. Though note that
the timer
interrupt is independent from the timer mode and as such the timer
interrupt
is not disabled when the timer is disabled.
14.3.2Auto-restart timer
When
the timer is set to auto-restart mode, the timer will reset the TTCR
spr to 0
as soon as the lower 28-bits of the TTCR spr match TTMR[TP] and the
timer interrupt
will be asserted to the cpu core if the TTMR[IE] bit has been set.
14.3.3One-shot timer
In
one-shot timeing mode, the timer stops counting as soon as a match
condition has
been reached. Although the timer has in effect been disabled (and
can't be restarted
by writting to the TTCR spr) the TTMR[M] bits shall still indicate
that
the timer is in one-shot mode and not that it has been disabled. Care
should
be taken that the timer interrupt has been masked (or disabled) after
the match
condition has been reached, or else the cpu core will get a spurious
timer interrupt.
14.3.4Continuous timer
In
the event that a match condition has been reached, the counter does
not stop but
rather keeps counting from the value of the TTCR spr and the timer
interrupt will
be asserted if the TTMR[IE] bit has been set.
14.4Tick Timer Mode Register (TTMR)
The tick timer mode register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
The TTMR is programmed with the time period of the tick timer as well as with the mode bits that control operation of the tick timer.
Bit |
31-30 |
29 |
28 |
27-0 |
Identifier |
M |
IE |
IP |
TP |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
X |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
TP |
Time Period 0x0000000 Shortest comparison time period … 0xFFFFFFF Longest comparison time period |
IP |
Interrupt Pending 0 Tick timer interrupt is not pending 1 Tick timer interrupt pending (write ‘0’ to clear it) |
IE |
Interrupt Enable 0 Tick timer does not generate tick timer interrupt 1 Tick timer generates tick timer interrupt when TTMR[TP] matches TTCR[27:0] |
M |
Mode 00 Tick timer is disabled 01 Timer is restarted when TTMR[TP] matches TTCR[27:0] 10 Timer stops when TTMR[TP] matches TTCR[27:0] (change TTCR to resume counting) 11 Timer does not stop when TTMR[TP] matches TTCR[27:0] |
Table 14-1. TTMR Field Descriptions
14.5Tick Timer Count Register (TTCR)
The tick timer count register is a 32-bit special-purpose register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode and as read-only register in user mode if enabled in SR[SUMRA].
TTCR holds the current value of the timer.
Bit |
31-0 |
Identifier |
CNT |
Reset |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
CNT |
Count 32-bit incrementing counter |
Table 14-2. TTCR Field Descriptions
15OpenRISC 1000 Implementations
15.1Overview
Implementations of the OpenRISC 1000 architecture come in different configurations and version releases.
Version and unit present registers both identify the model, version and its configuration. Detailed configuration for some units is available in configuration registers.
An operating system can read VR, UPR and the configuration registers, and adjust its own operation if required. Operating systems ported on a particular OpenRISC version should run on different configurations of this version without modifications.
15.2Version Register (VR)
The version register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible
with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It identifies the version (model) and revision level of the OpenRISC 1000
processor. It also specifies the possible template on which this implementation is based.
This register is deprecated, and the AVR and VR2 SPR should be used to determine more accurately the version information.
Bit |
31-24 |
23-16 |
15-7 |
6 |
5-0 |
Identifier |
VER |
CFG |
Reserved |
UVRP |
REV |
Reset |
- |
- |
x |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
REV |
Revision 0..63 A 6-bit number that identifies various releases of a particular version. This number is changed for each revision of the device. |
UVRP |
Updated Version Registers Present A bit indicating that the AVR and VR2 SPRs are available and should be used to determine version information. |
CFG |
Configuration Template 0..99 An 8-bit number that identifies particular configuration. However this is just for operating systems that do not use information provided by configuration registers and thus are not truly portable across different configurations of one implementation version. Configurations that do implement configuration registers must have their CFG smaller than 50 and configurations that do not implement configuration registers must have their CFG 50 or bigger. |
VER |
Version 0x10..0x19 An 8-bit number that identifies a particular processor version and version of the OpenRISC architecture. Values below 0x10 and above 0x19 are illegal for OpenRISC 1000 processor implementations. |
Table 15-1. VR Field Descriptions
15.3Unit Present Register (UPR)
The unit present register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It identifies the present units in the processor. It has a bit for each possible unit or functionality. The lower sixteen bits identify the presence of units defined in the OpenRISC 1000 architecture. The upper sixteen bits define the presence of custom units.
Bit |
31-24 |
23-11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
Identifier |
CUP |
Reserved |
TTP |
PMP |
PICP |
PCUP |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
Bit |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
DUP |
MP |
IMP |
DMP |
ICP |
DCP |
UP |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
UP |
UPR Present 0 UPR is not present 1 UPR is present |
DCP |
Data Cache Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
ICP |
Instruction Cache Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
DMP |
Data MMU Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
IMP |
Instruction MMU Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
MP |
MAC Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
DUP |
Debug Unit Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
PCUP |
Performance Counters Unit Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
PMP |
Power Management Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
PICP |
Programmable Interrupt Controller Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
TTP |
Tick Timer Present 0 Unit is not present 1 Unit is present |
CUP |
Custom Units Present |
Table 15-2. UPR Field Descriptions
15.4CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR)
The CPU configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies CPU capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-14 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
11 |
10 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
AECSRP |
ISRP |
EVBARP |
AVRP |
ND |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
Bit |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3-0 |
Identifier |
OV64S |
OF64S |
OF32S |
OB64S |
OB32S |
CGF |
NSGF |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
NSGF |
Number of Shadow GPR Files 0 Zero shadow GPR files 15 Fifteen shadow GPR Files |
CGF |
Custom GPR File 0 GPR file has 32 registers 1 GPR file has less than 32 registers |
OB32S |
ORBIS32 Supported 0 Not supported 1 Supported |
OB64S |
ORBIS64 Supported 0 Not supported 1 Supported |
OF32S |
ORFPX32 Supported 0 Not supported 1 Supported |
OF64S |
ORFPX64 Supported 0 Not supported 1 Supported |
OV64S |
ORVDX64 Supported 0 Not supported 1 Supported |
ND |
No Delay-Slot 0 CPU executes delay slot of jump/branch instructions before taking jump/branch 1 CPU does not execute instructions in delay slot if taking jump/branch |
AVRP |
Architecture Version Register (AVR) Present 0 AVR not present 1 AVR present |
EVBARP |
Exception Vector Base Address Register (EVBAR) Present 0 EVBAR not present 1 EVBAR present |
ISRP |
Implementation-Specific Registers (ISR0-7) Preset 0 ISRs not present 1 ISRs present |
AECSRP |
Arithmetic Exception Control Register (AECR) and Arithmetic Exception Status Register (AESR) present 0 AECR and AESR not present 1 AECR and AESR present |
Table 15-3. CPUCFGR Field Descriptions
15.5DMMU Configuration Register (DMMUCFGR)
The DMMU configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies the DMMU capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-12 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
Reset |
- |
R/W |
R |
Bit |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7-5 |
4-2 |
1-0 |
Identifier |
HTR |
TEIRI |
PRI |
CRI |
NAE |
NTS |
NTW |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
NTW |
Number of TLB Ways 0 DTLB has one way … 3 DTLB has four ways |
NTS |
Number of TLB Sets (entries per way) 0 DTLB has one set (entries per way) … 7 DTLB has 128 sets (entries per way) |
NAE |
Number of ATB Entries 0 DATB does not exist 1 DATB has one entry … 4 DATB has four entries 5..7 Invalid values |
CRI |
Control Register Implemented 0 DMMUCR not implemented 1 DMMUCR implemented |
PRI |
Protection Register Implemented 0 DMMUPR not implemented 1 DMMUPR implemented |
TEIRI |
TLB Entry Invalidate Register Implemented 0 DTLBEIR not implemented 1 DTLBEIR implemented |
HTR |
Hardware TLB Reload 0 TLB Entry reloaded in software 1 TLB Entry reloaded in hardware |
Table 15-4. DMMUCFGR Field Descriptions
15.6IMMU Configuration Register (IMMUCFGR)
The IMMU configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies IMMU capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-12 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
Reset |
- |
R/W |
R |
Bit |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7-5 |
4-2 |
1-0 |
Identifier |
HTR |
TEIRI |
PRI |
CRI |
NAE |
NTS |
NTW |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
NTW |
Number of TLB Ways 0 ITLB has one way … 3 ITLB has four ways |
NTS |
Number of TLB Sets (entries per way) 0 ITLB has one set (entries per way) … 7 ITLB has 128 sets (entries per way) |
NAE |
Number of ATB Entries 0 IATB does not exist 1 IATB has one entry … 4 IATB has four entries 5..7 Invalid values |
CRI |
Control Register Implemented 0 IMMUCR not implemented 1 IMMUCR implemented |
PRI |
Protection Register Implemented 0 IMMUPR not implemented 1 IMMUPR implemented |
TEIRI |
TLB Entry Invalidate Register Implemented 0 ITLBEIR not implemented 1 ITLBEIR implemented |
HTR |
Hardware TLB Reload 0 ITLB Entry reloaded in software 1 ITLB Entry reloaded in hardware |
Table 15-5. IMMUCFGR Field Descriptions
15.7DC Configuration Register (DCCFGR)
The DC configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies data cache capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-15 |
14 |
13 |
12 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
CBWBRI |
CBFRI |
CBLRI |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
Bit |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6-3 |
2-0 |
Identifier |
CBPRI |
CBIRI |
CCRI |
CWS |
CBS |
NCS |
NCW |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
NCW |
Number of Cache Ways 0 DC has one way … 5 DC has thirty-two ways |
NCS |
Number of Cache Sets (cache blocks per way) 0 DC has one set (cache blocks per way) … 10 DC has 1024 sets (cache blocks per way) |
BS |
Cache Block Size 0 Cache block size 16 bytes 1 Cache block size 32 bytes |
CWS |
Cache Write Strategy 0 Cache write-through 1 Cache write-back |
CCRI |
Cache Control Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBIRI |
Cache Block Invalidate Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBPRI |
Cache Block Prefetch Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBLRI |
Cache Block Lock Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBFRI |
Cache Block Flush Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBWBRI |
Cache Block Write-Back Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
Table 15-6. DCCFGR Field Descriptions
15.8IC Configuration Register (ICCFGR)
The IC configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies instruction cache capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-13 |
12 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
CBLRI |
Reset |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
Bit |
11 |
10 |
9 |
8 |
7 |
6-3 |
2-0 |
Identifier |
CBPRI |
CBIRI |
CCRI |
Res |
CBS |
NCS |
NCW |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
R |
NCW |
Number of Cache Ways 0 IC has one way … 5 IC has thirty-two ways |
NCS |
Number of Cache Sets (cache blocks per way) 0 IC has one set (cache blocks per way) … 10 IC has 1024 sets (cache blocks per way) |
BS |
Cache Block Size 0 Cache block size 16 bytes 1 Cache block size 32 bytes |
CCRI |
Cache Control Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBIRI |
Cache Block Invalidate Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBPRI |
Cache Block Prefetch Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
CBLRI |
Cache Block Lock Register Implemented 0 Register is not implemented 1 Register is implemented |
Table 15-7. ICCFGR Field Descriptions
15.9Debug Configuration Register (DCFGR)
The debug configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies debug unit capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-4 |
3 |
2-0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
WPCI |
NDP |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
NDP |
Number of Debug Pairs 0 Debug unit has one DCR/DVR pair … 7 Debug unit has eight DCR/DVR pairs |
WPCI |
Watchpoint Counters Implemented 0 Watchpoint counters not implemented 1 Watchpoint counters implemented |
Table 15-8. DCFGR Field Descriptions
15.10Performance Counters Configuration Register (PCCFGR)
The performance counters configuration register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mtspr/l.mfspr instructions in supervisor mode.
It specifies performance counters unit capabilities and configuration.
Bit |
31-3 |
2-0 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
NPC |
Reset |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
NPC |
Number of Performance Counters 0 One performance counter … 7 Eight performance counters |
Table 15-9. PCCFGR Field Descriptions
15.11Version Register 2 (VR2)
The version register 2 is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr instruction in supervisor mode.
It holds implementation-specific version information. It is intended to replace the VR register.
The value in the CPUID field should correspond to an implementation list held on the site which hosts this document. It is most likely that a master list will also be maintained at OpenCores.org.
Its presence is indicated by the UVRP bit in the Version Register (VR).
Bit |
31-24 |
23-0 |
Identifier |
CPUID |
VER |
Reset |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
CPUID |
CPU Identification Number Implementation-specific identification number. Each implementation should have a unique identification number. |
VER |
Version Implementation-specific version number. This field, if interpreted as an unsigned 24-bit number, should increase for each new version. The implementation reference manual should document the meaning of this value. |
Table 15-10. VR2 Field Descriptions
15.12Architecture Version Register (AVR)
The architecture version register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr instruction in supervisor mode.
It indicates the most recent version the implementation contains features from .The implementation must at least implement an accurate set of feature-presence bits in the appropriate registers according to that version of the architecture spec, so the presence of each of that version's features can be checked. Its presence is indicated by the AVRP bit in the CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR).
Bit |
31-24 |
23-16 |
15-8 |
7-0 |
Identifier |
MAJ |
MIN |
REV |
Reserved |
Reset |
- |
- |
- |
- |
R/W |
R |
R |
R |
R |
MAJ |
Major Architecture Version Number |
MIN |
Minor Architecture Version Number |
REV |
Architecture Revision Number |
Table 15-11. AVR Field Descriptions
15.13Exception Vector Base Address Register (EVBAR)
The architecture version register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr/ l.mtspr instructions in supervisor mode.
This optional register can be used to apply an offset to the exception vector addresses. Its presence is indicated by the EVBARP bit in the CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR).
If SR[EPH] is set, this value is logically ORed with the offset that provides.
Bit |
31-13 |
12-0 |
Identifier |
EVBA |
Reserved |
Reset |
- |
- |
R/W |
R/W |
R |
EVBA |
Exception Vector Base Address Location for the start of exception vectors. Its reset value is implementation-specific. |
Table 15-12. EVBAR Field Descriptions
15.14Arithmetic Exception Control Register (AECR)
The arithmetic exception control register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr/ l.mtspr instructions in supervisor mode.
This optional register can be used for fine-grained control over which arithmetic operations trigger overflow exceptions when the OVE bit is set in the Supervision Register (SR). Its presence is indicated by the AECSRP bit in the CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR).
Bit |
31-7 |
6 |
5 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
OVMACADDE |
CYMACADDE |
Reset |
- |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
DBZE |
OVMULE |
CYMULE |
OVADDE |
CYADDE |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CYADDE |
Carry on Add Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer addition and subtraction instructions causes exception |
OVADDE |
Overflow on Add Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer addition and subtraction instructions causes exception |
CYMULE |
Carry on Multiply Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer multiplication instructions causes exception |
OVMULE |
Overflow on Multiply Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer multiplication instructions causes exception |
DBZE |
Divide By Zero Exception Overflow flag set by divide-by-zero on integer division instruction, or carry flag set by divide-by-zero on l.divu instruction, causes exception |
CYMACADDE |
Carry on MAC Addition Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer addition stage of MAC instructions causes exception |
OVMACADDE |
Overflow on MAC Addition Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer addition stage of MAC instructions causes exception |
Table 15-13. EACR Field Descriptions
15.15Arithmetic Exception Status Register (AESR)
The arithmetic exception status register is a 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr/l.mtspr instructions in supervisor mode.
This optional register indicates which arithmetic operations triggered an exception. The exceptions are triggered when the OVE bit is set in the Supervision Register (SR), and the overflow or carry flag is set according to any conditions with the corresponding bit set in the Arithmetic Exception Control Register (AECR).
This register will indicate which condition in the Arithmetic Exception Control Register (AECR) caused the exception by setting the corresponding bit. The bits can be cleared by writing '0' to them. The exception will occur due to the arithmetic operation, not due to the flags in this register being set, so failing to clear the flag before returning from exception with SR[CY] or SR[OV] set will not cause another exception..
Its presence is indicated by the AECSRP bit in the CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR).
Bit |
31-7 |
6 |
5 |
Identifier |
Reserved |
OVMACADDE |
CYMACADDE |
Reset |
- |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R |
R/W |
R/W |
Bit |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
0 |
Identifier |
DBZE |
OVMULE |
CYMULE |
OVADDE |
CYADDE |
Reset |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
R/W |
CYADDE |
Carry on Add Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer addition and subtraction instructions caused exception |
OVADDE |
Overflow on Add Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer addition and subtraction instructions caused exception |
CYMULE |
Carry on Multiply Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer multiplication instructions caused exception |
OVMULE |
Overflow on Multiply Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer multiplication instructions caused exception |
DBZE |
Divide By Zero Exception Overflow flag set by divide-by-zero on integer division instruction, or carry flag set by divide-by-zero on l.divu instruction, caused exception |
CYMACADDE |
Carry on MAC Addition Exception Carry flag set by unsigned overflow on integer addition stage of MAC instructions caused exception |
OVMACADDE |
Overflow on MAC Addition Exception Overflow flag set by signed overflow on integer addition stage of MAC instructions caused exception |
Table 15-14. EASR Field Descriptions
15.16Implementation-Specific Registers (ISR0-7)
The implementation-specific registers are 32-bit special-purpose supervisor-level register accessible with the l.mfspr instruction in supervisor mode.
They are SPR space which can be used by implementations for any purpose. Their presence is indicated by the ISRP bit in the CPU Configuration Register (CPUCFGR).
16Application Binary Interface
The ABI is currently defined only for 32-bit OpenRISC. When a toolchain is developed for 64-bit, this section will need updating.
16.1Data Representation
16.1.1Fundamental Types
Scalar types in the ISO/ANSI C language are based on memory operands definitions from the chapter entitled “Addressing Modes and Operand Conventions” on page 22. Similar relations between architecture and language types can be used for any other language.
Type |
C TYPE |
SIZEOF |
ALIGNMENT (BYTES) |
OPENRISC EQUIVALENT |
Integral |
char signed char |
1
|
1
|
Signed byte |
unsigned char |
1 |
1 |
Unsigned byte |
|
short signed short |
2 |
2 |
Signed halfword |
|
unsigned short |
2 |
2 |
Unsigned halfword |
|
int signed int long signed long enum |
4 |
4 |
Signed singleword |
|
unsigned int |
4 |
4 |
Unsigned singleword |
|
long long signed long long |
8 |
4 |
Signed doubleword |
|
unsigned long long |
8 |
4 |
Unsigned doubleword |
|
Pointer |
Any-type * Any-type (*) () |
4 |
4 |
Unsigned singleword |
Floating-point |
float |
4 |
4 |
Single precision float |
double |
8 |
4 |
Double precision float |
Table 16-1. Scalar Types
Prior versions of this table specified a native 8-byte alignment for 8-byte values. Since current OR1200 implementation never required this, and the compiler did not implement it, the specification has changed to match the 32-bit OpenRISC platform in use.
A null pointer of any type must be zero. All floating-point types are IEEE-754 compliant.
The OpenRISC programming model introduces a set of fundamental vector data types, as described by Table 16-2. For vector assignments both sides of an assignment must be of the same vector type.
VECTOR TYPE |
SIZEOF |
ALIGNMENT (BYTES) |
OPENRISC EQUIVALENT |
Vector char Vector signed char |
8
|
8
|
Vector of signed bytes |
Vector unsigned char |
8 |
8 |
Vector of unsigned bytes |
Vector short Vector signed short |
8 |
8 |
Vector of signed halfwords |
Vector unsigned short |
8 |
8 |
Vector of unsigned halfwords |
Vector int Vector signed int Vector long Vector signed long |
8 |
8 |
Vector of signed singlewords |
Vector unsigned int |
8 |
8 |
Vector of unsigned singlewords |
Vector float |
8 |
8 |
Vector of single-precisions |
Table 16-2. Vector Types
For alignment restrictions of all types see the section entitled “Aligned and Misaligned Accesses” on page 22.
16.1.2Aggregates and Unions
Aggregates (structures and arrays) and unions assume the alignment of their most strictly aligned element.
An array uses the alignment of its elements.
Structures and unions can require padding to meet alignment restrictions. Each element is assigned to the lowest aligned address.
struct
{
char C; };
C
Figure 16-1. Byte aligned, sizeof is 1
struct
{
char C;
char D;
short S;
long N; };
C
D
S
N
Figure 16-2. No padding, sizeof is 8
struct
{
char C;
double D;
short S; }
C
Pad
D
D
S
Pad
Figure 16-3. Padding, sizeof is 16
16.1.3Bit-fields
C structure and union definitions can have elements defined by a specified number of bits. Table 16-3 describes valid bit-field types and their ranges.
Bit-field Type |
Width w [bits] |
Range |
signed char char unsigned char |
1 to 8 |
-2w-1 to 2w-1-1 0 to 2w-1 0 to 2w-1 |
signed short short unsigned short |
1 to 16 |
-2w-1 to 2w-1-1 0 to 2w-1 0 to 2w-1 |
signed int int enum unsigned int signed long long unsigned long |
1 to 32 |
-2w-1 to 2w-1-1 0 to 2w-1 0 to 2w-1 0 to 2w-1 -2w-1 to 2w-1-1 0 to 2w-1 0 to 2w-1 |
Table 16-3. Bit-Field Types and Ranges
Bit-fields follow the same alignment rules as aggregates and unions, with the following additions:
Bit-fields are allocated from most to least significant (from left to right)
A bit-field must entirely reside in a storage unit appropriate for its declared type.
Bit-fields may share a storage unit with other struct/union elements, including elements that are not bit-fields. Struct elements occupy different parts of the storage unit.
Unnamed bit-fields’ types do not affect the alignment of a structure or union
struct
{
short S:9;
int J:9;
char C;
short T:9;
short U:9;
char D; };
S(9)
J
(9)
Pad
(6)
C
(8)
T(9)
Pad
(7)
U
(9)
Pad
(7)
D(8)
Pad
(24)
Figure 16-4. Storage unit sharing and alignment padding, sizeof is 12
16.2Function Calling Sequence
This section describes the standard function calling sequence, including stack frame layout, register usage, parameter passing, and so on. The standard calling sequence requirements apply only to global functions, however it is recommended that all functions use the standard calling sequence.
16.2.1Register Usage
The OpenRISC 1000 architecture defines 32 general-purpose registers. These registers are 32 bits wide in 32-bit implementations and 64 bits wide in 64-bit implementations.
Register |
Preserved across function calls |
Usage |
R31 |
No |
Temporary register |
R30 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R29 |
No |
Temporary register |
R28 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R27 |
No |
Temporary register |
R26 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R25 |
No |
Temporary register |
R24 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R23 |
No |
Temporary register |
R22 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R21 |
No |
Temporary register |
R20 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R19 |
No |
Temporary register |
R18 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R17 |
No |
Temporary register |
R16 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R15 |
No |
Temporary register |
R14 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R13 |
No |
Temporary register |
R12 |
No |
Temporary register for 64-bit RVH - Return value upper 32 bits of 64‑bit value on 32-bit system |
R11 |
No |
RV – Return value |
R10 |
Yes |
Callee-saved register |
R9 |
Yes |
LR – Link address register |
R8 |
No |
Function parameter word 5 |
R7 |
No |
Function parameter word 4 |
R6 |
No |
Function parameter word 3 |
R5 |
No |
Function parameter word 2 |
R4 |
No |
Function parameter word 1 |
R3 |
No |
Function parameter word 0 |
R2 |
Yes |
FP - Frame pointer (optional) |
R1 |
Yes |
SP - Stack pointer |
R0 |
- |
Fixed to zero |
Table 16-4. General-Purpose Registers
Some registers have assigned roles:
R0 [Zero] |
Holds a zero value. |
R1 [SP] |
The stack pointer holds the limit of the current stack frame. The first 128 bytes below the stack pointer are reserved for leaf functions, and below that are undefined. Stack pointer must be word aligned at all times. |
R2 [FP] |
The frame pointer holds the address of the previous stack frame. Incoming function parameters reside in the previous stack frame and can be accessed at positive offsets from FP. The compiler may use this register for other puposes if instructed. |
R3 through R8 |
General-purpose parameters use up to 6 general-purpose registers. Parameters beyond the sixth word appear on the stack. |
R9 [LR] |
Link address is the location of the function call instruction and is used to calculate where program execution should return after function completion. |
R11 [RV] |
Return value of the function. For void functions a value is not defined. For functions returning a union or structure, a pointer to the result is placed into return value register. |
R12 [RVH] |
Return value high of the function. For functions returning 32-bit values this register can be considered temporary register. Note that this holds the less significant bits on big-endian implementations; 32-bit values still go in RV. |
On big-endian implementations, R11 is used for the high 32 bits of 64-bit return values and R12 is used for the low 32 bits. On little-endian implementations this is reversed. This matches register order with memory storage.
Furthermore, an OpenRISC 1000 implementation might have several sets of shadowed general-purpose registers. These shadowed registers are used for fast context switching and sets can be switched only by the operating system.
16.2.2The Stack Frame
In addition to registers, each function has a frame on the run-time stack. This stack grows downward from high addresses. Table 16-5 shows the stack frame organization.
Position |
Contents |
Frame |
FP + 4N … FP + 0 |
Parameter N … First stack parameter |
Previous |
FP – 4 |
Return address |
Current |
FP – 8 |
Previous FP value |
|
FP – 12 ... SP + 0 |
Function variables ... Subfunction call parameters |
|
SP – 4 SP – 128 |
For use by leaf functions w/o function prologue/epilogue |
Future |
SP – 132 SP – 2536 |
For use by exception handlers |
Table 16-5. Stack Frame
When no compiler optimization is in place, the stack pointer always points to the end of the latest allocated stack frame. However when optimization is in effect the stack pointer may not be updated, so that up to 128 bytes beyond the current stack pointer are in use.
Optimized code will in general not use the frame pointer, freeing it up for use as another temporary register.
All frames must be word aligned.
The first 128 bytes below the current stack frame are reserved for use by optimized code. Exception handlers must guarantee that they will not use this area.
16.2.3Parameter Passing
Functions receive up to their first 6 arguments in general-purpose parameter registers. No register holds more than one argument, and 64-bit arguments use two adjacent words. If there are more than six words, the remaining arguments are passed on the stack. Structure and union arguments are passed as pointers.
All 64-bit arguments in a 32-bit system are passed using a pair of words when available, in the same way as for other arguments. 64-bit arguments are not aligned. For example long long arg1, long arg2, long long arg3 are passed in the following way: arg1 in r3&r4, arg2 in r5, arg3 in r6&r7.
On big-endian implementations the high 32 bits are passed in the lower numbered register of the pair. On little-endian implementations this is reversed.
Individual arguments are not split across registers and stack, and variadic arguments are always put on the stack. For example, printf(char *fmt, …) only takes one register argument, fmt.
For C++, the first argument word is the this pointer.
16.2.4Functions Returning Scalars or No Value
A function that returns an integral, pointer or vector/floating-point value places its result in the general-purpose RV register. void functions put no particular value in GPR[RV] register.
64-bit return values also use the RVH register, which is otherwise undefined and not preserved across function calls.
16.2.5Functions Returning Structures or Unions
A function that returns a structure or union places the address of the structure or union in the general-purpose RV register.
A function that returns a structure by value expects the location where that structure is to be placed to be supplied in function parameter word 0 (R3).
16.3Operating System Interface
16.3.1Exception Interface
The OpenRISC 1000 exception mechanism allows the processor to change to supervisor mode as a result of external signals, errors or execution of certain instructions. When an exception occurs the following events happen:
The address of the interrupted instruction, supervisor register and EA (when relevant) are saved into EPCR, ESR and EEAR registers
The machine mode is changed to supervisor mode as per section 6.3, Exception Processing. This includes disabling MMUs and exceptions.
The execution resumes from a predefined exception vector address which is different for every exception
Exception Type |
Vector Offset[11:0] |
SIGNAL |
Example |
Reset |
0x100 |
None |
Reset |
Bus Error |
0x200 |
SIGBUS |
Unexisting physical location, bus parity error. |
Data Page Fault |
0x300 |
SIGSEGV |
Unmapped data location or protection violation. |
Instruction Page Fault |
0x400 |
SIGSEGV
|
Unmapped instruction location or protection violation |
Tick Timer Interrupt |
0x500 |
None |
Process scheduling |
Alignment |
0x600 |
SIGBUS |
Unaligned data |
Illegal Instruction |
0x700 |
SIGILL |
Illegal/unimplemented instruction |
External Interrupt |
0x800 |
None |
Device has asserted an interrupt |
D-TLB Miss |
0x900 |
None |
DTLB software reload needed |
I-TLB Miss |
0xA00 |
None |
ITLB software reload needed |
Range |
0xB00 |
SIGSEGV |
Arithmetic overflow |
System Call |
0xC00 |
None |
Instruction l.sys |
Trap |
0xE00 |
SIGTRAP |
Instruction l.trap or debug unit exception. |
Table 16-6. Hardware Exceptions and Signals
The significant bits (31-12) of the vector offset address for each exception depend on the setting of the Supervision Register (SR)'s EPH bit and presence and setting of of the Exception Vector Base Address Register (EVBAR), which can specify an offset. For example, in the absence of the EVBAR and with SR[EPH] clear, the offset is zero.
The operating system handles an exception either by completing the faulting exception in a manner transparent to the application, if possible, or by delivering a signal to the application. Table 16-6 shows how hardware exceptions can be mapped to signals if the operating system cannot complete the faulting exception.
16.3.2Virtual Address Space
For user programs to execute in virtual address space, the memory management unit (MMU) must be enabled. The MMU translates virtual address generated by the running process into physical address. This allows the process to run anywhere in the physical memory and additionally page to a secondary storage.
Processes typically begin with three logical segments, commonly referred as “text”, “data” and “stack”. Additional segments may exist or can be created by the operating system.
16.3.3Page Size
Memory is organized into pages, which are the system’s smallest units of memory allocation. The basic page size is 8KB with some implementations supporting 16MB and 32GB pages.
16.3.4Virtual Address Assignments
Processes have full access to the entire virtual address space. However the size of a process can be limited by several factors such as a process size limit parameter, available physical memory and secondary storage.
0xFFFF_FFFF
|
Reserved system area
|
Start of Stack Growing Down |
Stack |
|
|
Growing Up
|
Heap
|
|
.bss |
Start of Data Segments |
.data |
Start of Program Code |
.text |
Start of Dynamic Segment Area |
Shared Objects
|
0x0000_2000
0x0000_0000 |
Unmapped
|
Table 16-7. Virtual Address Configuration
Page at location 0x0 is usually reserved to catch dereferences of NULL pointers.
Usually the beginning address of “.text”, “.data” and “.bss” segments are defined when linking the executable file. The heap is adjusted with facilities such as malloc and free. The dynamic segment area is adjusted with mmap, and the stack size is limited with setrlimit.
16.3.5Stack
Every process has its own stack that is not tied to a fixed area in its address space. Since the stack can change differently for each call of a process, a process should use the stack pointer in general-purpose register r1 to access stack data.
16.3.6Processor Execution Modes
The OpenRISC 1000 provides two execution modes: user and supervisor. Processes run in user mode and the operating system’s kernel runs in supervisor mode. A Process must execute the l.sys instruction to switch to supervisor mode, hence requesting service from the operating system. It is suggested that system calls use the same argument passing model as used with function calls, except additional register r11 specifies system call id.
16.4Position-Independent Code
This section needs to be written. Position-independent code is desired for proper dynamic linking support, which remains to be implemented.
16.5ELF
The OpenRISC tools use the ELF object file formats and DWARF debugging information formats, as described in System V Application Binary Interface, from the Santa Cruz Operation, Inc. ELF and DWARF provide a suitable basis for representing the information needed for embedded applications. Other object file formats are available, such as COFF. This section describes particular fields in the ELF and DWARF formats that differ from the base standards for those formats.
16.5.1Header Convention
The e_machine member of the ELF header contains the decimal value 33906 (hexadecimal 0x8472) that is defined as the name EM_OR32.
The e_ident member of the ELF header contains values as shown in Table 16-8.
OR32 ELF e_ident Fields |
||
e_ident[EI_CLASS] |
ELFCLASS32 |
For all 32-bit implementations |
e_ident[EI_DATA] |
ELFDATA2MSB |
For all implementations |
Table 16-8. e_ident Field Values
The e_flags member of the ELF header contains values as shown in Table 16-9.
OR32 ELF e_flags |
||
HAS_RELOC |
0x01 |
Contains relocation entries |
EXEC_P |
0x02 |
Is directly executable |
HAS_LINENO |
0x04 |
Has line number information |
HAS_DEBUG |
0x08 |
Has debugging information |
HAS_SYMS |
0x10 |
Has symbols |
HAS_LOCALS |
0x20 |
Has local symbols |
DYNAMIC |
0x40 |
Is dynamic object |
WP_TEXT |
0x80 |
Text section is write protected |
D_PAGED |
0x100 |
Is dynamically paged |
Table 16-9. e_flags Field Values
16.5.2Sections
There are no OpenRISC section requirements beyond the base ELF standards.
16.5.3Relocation
This section describes values and algorithms used for relocations. In particular, it describes values the compiler/assembler must leave in place and how the linker modifies those values.
Name |
Value |
Size |
Calculation |
R_ OR32_NONE |
0 |
0 |
None |
R_ OR32_32 |
1 |
32 |
A |
R_ OR32_16 |
2 |
16 |
A & 0xffff |
R_OR32_8 |
3 |
8 |
A & 0xff |
R_ OR32_CONST |
4 |
16 |
A & 0xffff |
R_ OR32_CONSTH |
5 |
16 |
(A >> 16) & 0xffff |
R_ OR32_JUMPTARG |
6 |
28 |
(S + A -P) >> 2 |
Key S indicates the final value assigned to the symbol refernced in the relocation record. Key A is the added value specified in the relocation record. Key P indicates the address of the relocation (e.g., the address being modified).
17Machine code reference
This section contains a table of all instructions including their instruction format.
Instruction |
Mnemonic |
Function |
Page |
000000NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN |
l.j |
Jump |
|
000001NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN |
l.jal |
Jump and Link |
|
000011NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN |
l.bnf |
Branch if No Flag |
|
000100NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN |
l.bf |
Branch if Flag |
|
00010101--------KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.nop |
No Operation |
|
000110DDDDD----0KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.movhi |
Move Immediate High |
|
000110DDDDD----10000000000000000 |
l.macrc |
MAC Read and Clear |
|
0010000000000000KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.sys |
System Call |
|
0010000100000000KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.trap |
Trap |
|
00100010000000000000000000000000 |
l.msync |
Memory Syncronization |
|
00100010100000000000000000000000 |
l.psync |
Pipeline Syncronization |
|
00100011000000000000000000000000 |
l.csync |
Context Syncronization |
|
001001-------------------------- |
l.rfe |
Return From Exception |
|
001010------------------1100---- |
lv.cust1 |
Reserved for Custom Vector Instructions |
|
001010------------------1101---- |
lv.cust2 |
Reserved for Custom Vector Instructions |
|
001010------------------1110---- |
lv.cust3 |
Reserved for Custom Vector Instructions |
|
001010------------------1111---- |
lv.cust4 |
Reserved for Custom Vector Instructions |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010000 |
lv.all_eq.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010001 |
lv.all_eq.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010010 |
lv.all_ge.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010011 |
lv.all_ge.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010100 |
lv.all_gt.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010101 |
lv.all_gt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010110 |
lv.all_le.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010111 |
lv.all_le.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00011000 |
lv.all_lt.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00011001 |
lv.all_lt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00011010 |
lv.all_ne.b |
Vector Byte Elements All Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00011011 |
lv.all_ne.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements All Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100000 |
lv.any_eq.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100001 |
lv.any_eq.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100010 |
lv.any_ge.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100011 |
lv.any_ge.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100100 |
lv.any_gt.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100101 |
lv.any_gt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100110 |
lv.any_le.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00100111 |
lv.any_le.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00101000 |
lv.any_lt.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00101001 |
lv.any_lt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00101010 |
lv.any_ne.b |
Vector Byte Elements Any Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00101011 |
lv.any_ne.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Any Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110000 |
lv.add.b |
Vector Byte Elements Add Signed |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110001 |
lv.add.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Add Signed |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110010 |
lv.adds.b |
Vector Byte Elements Add Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110011 |
lv.adds.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Add Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110100 |
lv.addu.b |
Vector Byte Elements Add Unsigned |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110101 |
lv.addu.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Add Unsigned |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110110 |
lv.addus.b |
Vector Byte Elements Add Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00110111 |
lv.addus.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Add Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00111000 |
lv.and |
Vector And |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00111001 |
lv.avg.b |
Vector Byte Elements Average |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00111010 |
lv.avg.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Average |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000000 |
lv.cmp_eq.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000001 |
lv.cmp_eq.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000010 |
lv.cmp_ge.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000011 |
lv.cmp_ge.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Greater Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000100 |
lv.cmp_gt.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000101 |
lv.cmp_gt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Greater Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000110 |
lv.cmp_le.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01000111 |
lv.cmp_le.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Less Than or Equal To |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01001000 |
lv.cmp_lt.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01001001 |
lv.cmp_lt.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Less Than |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01001010 |
lv.cmp_ne.b |
Vector Byte Elements Compare Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01001011 |
lv.cmp_ne.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Compare Not Equal |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01010100 |
lv.madds.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Multiply Add Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01010101 |
lv.max.b |
Vector Byte Elements Maximum |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01010110 |
lv.max.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Maximum |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01010111 |
lv.merge.b |
Vector Byte Elements Merge |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011000 |
lv.merge.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Merge |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011001 |
lv.min.b |
Vector Byte Elements Minimum |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011010 |
lv.min.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Minimum |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011011 |
lv.msubs.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Multiply Subtract Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011100 |
lv.muls.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Multiply Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011101 |
lv.nand |
Vector Not And |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011110 |
lv.nor |
Vector Not Or |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01011111 |
lv.or |
Vector Or |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100000 |
lv.pack.b |
Vector Byte Elements Pack |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100001 |
lv.pack.h |
Vector Half-word Elements Pack |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100010 |
lv.packs.b |
Vector Byte Elements Pack Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100011 |
lv.packs.h |
Vector Half-word Elements Pack Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100100 |
lv.packus.b |
Vector Byte Elements Pack Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100101 |
lv.packus.h |
Vector Half-word Elements Pack Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100110 |
lv.perm.n |
Vector Nibble Elements Permute |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01100111 |
lv.rl.b |
Vector Byte Elements Rotate Left |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101000 |
lv.rl.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Rotate Left |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101001 |
lv.sll.b |
Vector Byte Elements Shift Left Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101010 |
lv.sll.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Shift Left Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101011 |
lv.sll |
Vector Shift Left Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101100 |
lv.srl.b |
Vector Byte Elements Shift Right Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101101 |
lv.srl.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Shift Right Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101110 |
lv.sra.b |
Vector Byte Elements Shift Right Arithmetic |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01101111 |
lv.sra.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Shift Right Arithmetic |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110000 |
lv.srl |
Vector Shift Right Logical |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110001 |
lv.sub.b |
Vector Byte Elements Subtract Signed |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110010 |
lv.sub.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Subtract Signed |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110011 |
lv.subs.b |
Vector Byte Elements Subtract Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110100 |
lv.subs.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Subtract Signed Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110101 |
lv.subu.b |
Vector Byte Elements Subtract Unsigned |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110110 |
lv.subu.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Subtract Unsigned |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01110111 |
lv.subus.b |
Vector Byte Elements Subtract Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01111000 |
lv.subus.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Subtract Unsigned Saturated |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01111001 |
lv.unpack.b |
Vector Byte Elements Unpack |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01111010 |
lv.unpack.h |
Vector Half-Word Elements Unpack |
|
001010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---01111011 |
lv.xor |
Vector Exclusive Or |
|
010001----------BBBBB----------- |
l.jr |
Jump Register |
|
010010----------BBBBB----------- |
l.jalr |
Jump and Link Register |
|
010011-----AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.maci |
Multiply Immediate Signed and Accumulate |
|
011011DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lwa |
Load Single Word Atomic |
|
011101-------------------------- |
l.cust2 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
011110-------------------------- |
l.cust3 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
011111-------------------------- |
l.cust4 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
100000DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.ld |
Load Double Word |
|
100001DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lwz |
Load Single Word and Extend with Zero |
|
100010DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lws |
Load Single Word and Extend with Sign |
|
100011DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lbz |
Load Byte and Extend with Zero |
|
100100DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lbs |
Load Byte and Extend with Sign |
|
100101DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lhz |
Load Half Word and Extend with Zero |
|
100110DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.lhs |
Load Half Word and Extend with Sign |
|
100111DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.addi |
Add Immediate Signed |
|
101000DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.addic |
Add Immediate Signed and Carry |
|
101001DDDDDAAAAAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.andi |
And with Immediate Half Word |
|
101010DDDDDAAAAAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.ori |
Or with Immediate Half Word |
|
101011DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.xori |
Exclusive Or with Immediate Half Word |
|
101100DDDDDAAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.muli |
Multiply Immediate Signed |
|
101101DDDDDAAAAAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.mfspr |
Move From Special-Purpose Register |
|
101110DDDDDAAAAA--------00LLLLLL |
l.slli |
Shift Left Logical with Immediate |
|
101110DDDDDAAAAA--------01LLLLLL |
l.srli |
Shift Right Logical with Immediate |
|
101110DDDDDAAAAA--------10LLLLLL |
l.srai |
Shift Right Arithmetic with Immediate |
|
101110DDDDDAAAAA--------11LLLLLL |
l.rori |
Rotate Right with Immediate |
|
10111100000AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfeqi |
Set Flag if Equal Immediate |
|
10111100001AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfnei |
Set Flag if Not Equal Immediate |
|
10111100010AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfgtui |
Set Flag if Greater Than Immediate Unsigned |
|
10111100011AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfgeui |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Immediate Unsigned |
|
10111100100AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfltui |
Set Flag if Less Than Immediate Unsigned |
|
10111100101AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfleui |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Immediate Unsigned |
|
10111101010AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfgtsi |
Set Flag if Greater Than Immediate Signed |
|
10111101011AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfgesi |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Immediate Signed |
|
10111101100AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sfltsi |
Set Flag if Less Than Immediate Signed |
|
10111101101AAAAAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sflesi |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Immediate Signed |
|
110000KKKKKAAAAABBBBBKKKKKKKKKKK |
l.mtspr |
Move To Special-Purpose Register |
|
110001-----AAAAABBBBB-------0001 |
l.mac |
Multiply Signed and Accumulate |
|
110001-----AAAAABBBBB-------0011 |
l.macu |
Multiply Unsigned and Accumulate |
|
110001-----AAAAABBBBB-------0010 |
l.msb |
Multiply Signed and Subtract |
|
110001-----AAAAABBBBB-------0100 |
l.msbu |
Multiply Unsigned and Subtract |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001000 |
lf.sfeq.s |
Set Flag if Equal Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001001 |
lf.sfne.s |
Set Flag if Not Equal Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001010 |
lf.sfgt.s |
Set Flag if Greater Than Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001011 |
lf.sfge.s |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001100 |
lf.sflt.s |
Set Flag if Less Than Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00001101 |
lf.sfle.s |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011000 |
lf.sfeq.d |
Set Flag if Equal Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011001 |
lf.sfne.d |
Set Flag if Not Equal Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011010 |
lf.sfgt.d |
Set Flag if Greater Than Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011011 |
lf.sfge.d |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011100 |
lf.sflt.d |
Set Flag if Less Than Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---00011101 |
lf.sfle.d |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---1101---- |
lf.cust1.s |
Reserved for ORFPX32 Custom Instructions |
|
110010-----AAAAABBBBB---1110---- |
lf.cust1.d |
Reserved for ORFPX64 Custom Instructions |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAA00000---00000100 |
lf.itof.s |
Integer To Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAA00000---00000101 |
lf.ftoi.s |
Floating-Point Single-Precision To Integer |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAA00000---00010100 |
lf.itof.d |
Integer To Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAA00000---00010101 |
lf.ftoi.d |
Floating-Point Double-Precision To Integer |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000000 |
lf.add.s |
Add Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000001 |
lf.sub.s |
Subtract Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000010 |
lf.mul.s |
Multiply Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000011 |
lf.div.s |
Divide Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000110 |
lf.rem.s |
Remainder Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00000111 |
lf.madd.s |
Multiply and Add Floating-Point Single-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010000 |
lf.add.d |
Add Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010001 |
lf.sub.d |
Subtract Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010010 |
lf.mul.d |
Multiply Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010011 |
lf.div.d |
Divide Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010110 |
lf.rem.d |
Remainder Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110010DDDDDAAAAABBBBB---00010111 |
lf.madd.d |
Multiply and Add Floating-Point Double-Precision |
|
110011IIIIIAAAAABBBBBIIIIIIIIIII |
l.swa |
Store Single Word Atomic |
|
110101IIIIIAAAAABBBBBIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sw |
Store Single Word |
|
110110IIIIIAAAAABBBBBIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sb |
Store Byte |
|
110111IIIIIAAAAABBBBBIIIIIIIIIII |
l.sh |
Store Half Word |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0000--1100 |
l.exths |
Extend Half Word with Sign |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0000--1101 |
l.extws |
Extend Word with Sign |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0001--1100 |
l.extbs |
Extend Byte with Sign |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0001--1101 |
l.extwz |
Extend Word with Zero |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0010--1100 |
l.exthz |
Extend Half Word with Zero |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAA------0011--1100 |
l.extbz |
Extend Byte with Zero |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0000 |
l.add |
Add Signed |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0001 |
l.addc |
Add Signed and Carry |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0010 |
l.sub |
Subtract Signed |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0011 |
l.and |
And |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0100 |
l.or |
Or |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----0101 |
l.xor |
Exclusive Or |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----1110 |
l.cmov |
Conditional Move |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-00----1111 |
l.ff1 |
Find First 1 |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-0000--1000 |
l.sll |
Shift Left Logical |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-0001--1000 |
l.srl |
Shift Right Logical |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-0010--1000 |
l.sra |
Shift Right Arithmetic |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-0011--1000 |
l.ror |
Rotate Right |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-01----1111 |
l.fl1 |
Find Last 1 |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----0110 |
l.mul |
Multiply Signed |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----0111 |
l.muld |
Multiply Signed to Double |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----1001 |
l.div |
Divide Signed |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----1010 |
l.divu |
Divide Unsigned |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----1011 |
l.mulu |
Multiply Unsigned |
|
111000DDDDDAAAAABBBBB-11----1100 |
l.muldu |
Multiply Unsigned to Double |
|
11100100000AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfeq |
Set Flag if Equal |
|
11100100001AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfne |
Set Flag if Not Equal |
|
11100100010AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfgtu |
Set Flag if Greater Than Unsigned |
|
11100100011AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfgeu |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Unsigned |
|
11100100100AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfltu |
Set Flag if Less Than Unsigned |
|
11100100101AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfleu |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Unsigned |
|
11100101010AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfgts |
Set Flag if Greater Than Signed |
|
11100101011AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfges |
Set Flag if Greater or Equal Than Signed |
|
11100101100AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sflts |
Set Flag if Less Than Signed |
|
11100101101AAAAABBBBB----------- |
l.sfles |
Set Flag if Less or Equal Than Signed |
|
111100DDDDDAAAAABBBBBLLLLLLKKKKK |
l.cust5 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
111101-------------------------- |
l.cust6 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
111110-------------------------- |
l.cust7 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
111111-------------------------- |
l.cust8 |
Reserved for ORBIS32/64 Custom Instructions |
|
18Index
Instruction mnemonics
l.add 36
l.addc 37
l.addi 38
l.addic 39
l.and 40
l.andi 41
l.bf 42
l.bnf 43
l.cmov 44
l.csync 45
l.cust1 46
l.cust2 47
l.cust3 48
l.cust4 49
l.cust5 50
l.cust6 51
l.cust7 52
l.cust8 53
l.div 54
l.divu 55
l.extbs 56
l.extbz 57
l.exths 58
l.exthz 59
l.extws 60
l.extwz 61
l.ff1 62
l.fl1 63
l.j 64
l.jal 65
l.jalr 66
l.jr 67
l.lbs 68
l.lbz 69
l.ld 70
l.lhs 71
l.lhz 72
l.lwa 73
l.lws 74
l.lwz 75
l.mac 76
l.maci 77
l.macrc 78
l.mfspr 80
l.movhi 81
l.msb 82
l.msync 84
l.mtspr 85
l.mul 86
l.muli 89
l.mulu 90
l.nop 91
l.or 92
l.ori 93
l.psync 94
l.rfe 95
l.ror 96
l.rori 97
l.sb 98
l.sd 99
l.sfeq 100
l.sfeqi 101
l.sfges 102
l.sfgesi 103
l.sfgeu 104
l.sfgeui 105
l.sfgts 106
l.sfgtsi 107
l.sfgtu 108
l.sfgtui 109
l.sfles 110
l.sflesi 111
l.sfleu 112
l.sfleui 113
l.sflts 114
l.sfltsi 115
l.sfltu 116
l.sfltui 117
l.sfne 118
l.sfnei 119
l.sh 120
l.sll 121
l.slli 122
l.sra 123
l.srai 124
l.srl 125
l.srli 126
l.sub 127
l.sw 128
l.swa 129
l.sys 130
l.trap 131
l.xor 132
l.xori 133
lf.add.d 134
lf.add.s 135
lf.cust1.d 136
lf.cust1.s 137
lf.div.d 138
lf.div.s 139
lf.ftoi.d 140
lf.ftoi.s 141
lf.itof.d 142
lf.itof.s 143
lf.madd.d 144
lf.madd.s 145
lf.mul.d 146
lf.mul.s 147
lf.rem.d 148
lf.rem.s 149
lf.sfeq.d 150
lf.sfeq.s 151
lf.sfge.d 152
lf.sfge.s 153
lf.sfgt.d 154
lf.sfgt.s 155
lf.sfle.d 156
lf.sfle.s 157
lf.sflt.d 158
lf.sflt.s 159
lf.sfne.d 160
lf.sfne.s 161
lf.sub.d 162
lf.sub.s 163
lv.add.b 164
lv.add.h 165
lv.adds.b 166
lv.adds.h 167
lv.addu.b 168
lv.addu.h 169
lv.addus.b 170
lv.addus.h 171
lv.all_eq.b 172
lv.all_eq.h 173
lv.all_ge.b 174
lv.all_ge.h 175
lv.all_gt.b 176
lv.all_gt.h 177
lv.all_le.b 178
lv.all_le.h 179
lv.all_lt.b 180
lv.all_lt.h 181
lv.all_ne.b 182
lv.all_ne.h 183
lv.and 184
lv.any_eq.b 185
lv.any_eq.h 186
lv.any_ge.b 187
lv.any_ge.h 188
lv.any_gt.b 189
lv.any_gt.h 190
lv.any_le.b 191
lv.any_le.h 192
lv.any_lt.b 193
lv.any_lt.h 194
lv.any_ne.b 195
lv.any_ne.h 196
lv.avg.b 197
lv.avg.h 198
lv.cmp_eq.b 199
lv.cmp_eq.h 200
lv.cmp_ge.b 201
lv.cmp_ge.h 202
lv.cmp_gt.b 203
lv.cmp_gt.h 204
lv.cmp_le.b 205
lv.cmp_le.h 206
lv.cmp_lt.b 207
lv.cmp_lt.h 208
lv.cmp_ne.b 209
lv.cmp_ne.h 210
lv.cust1 211
lv.cust2 212
lv.cust3 213
lv.cust4 214
lv.madds.h 215
lv.max.b 216
lv.max.h 217
lv.merge.b 218
lv.merge.h 219
lv.min.b 220
lv.min.h 221
lv.msubs.h 222
lv.muls.h 223
lv.nand 224
lv.nor 225
lv.or 226
lv.pack.b 227
lv.pack.h 228
lv.packs.b 229
lv.packs.h 230
lv.packus.b 231
lv.packus.h 232
lv.perm.n 233
lv.rl.b 234
lv.rl.h 235
lv.sll 236
lv.sll.b 237
lv.sll.h 238
lv.sra.b 239
lv.sra.h 240
lv.srl 241
lv.srl.b 242
lv.srl.h 243
lv.sub.b 244
lv.sub.h 245
lv.subs.b 246
lv.subs.h 247
lv.subu.b 248
lv.subu.h 249
lv.subus.b 250
lv.subus.h 251
lv.unpack.b 252
lv.unpack.h 253
lv.xor 254
1Copyright © 2000-2014 OPENCORES.ORG and Authors
This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.